&EPA
            United States
            Environmental Protection
            Agency
             Environmental Research
             Laboratory
             Corvallis OR 97330
EPA-600 5-78-018
August 1978
            Research and Development
Methodologies for
Valuation of
Agricultural Crop
Yield Changes
            A Review

-------
                RESEARCH REPORTING SERIES

Research reports of the Office of Research and Development, U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency, have been grouped into nine series. These nine broad cate-
gories were established to facilitate further development and  application of en-
vironmental technology.  Elimination of traditional grouping  was  consciously
planned to foster technology transfer and a maximum interface in related fields.
The nine series are:

      1.   Environmental  Health Effects Research
      2.   Environmental  Protection Technology
      3.   Ecological Research
      4.   Environmental  Monitoring
      5.   Socioeconomic Environmental Studies
      6.   Scientific and Technical Assessment Reports (STAR)
      7.   Interagency  Energy-Environment Research and  Development
      8.   "Special" Reports
      9.   Miscellaneous Reports

This report has been  assigned  to the SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENTAL
STUDIES series. This series includes research on environmental management,
economic analysis,  ecological impacts, comprehensive planning  and fore-
casting, and analysis methodologies. Included are tools for determining varying
impacts of alternative policies; analyses of environmental planning techniques
at the regional, state, and local levels; and approaches to measuring environ-
mental quality  perceptions, as well as analysis of ecological and economic im-
pacts of environmental protection measures. Such topics as urban form, industrial
mix, growth policies, control, and organizational structure are discussed in terms
of optimal environmental  performance. These interdisciplinary studies and sys-
tems analyses are presented in forms varying from quantitative relational analyses
to management and policy-oriented reports.
                                          the Nallonal Technical lnforma-

-------
                                            EPA-600/5-78-018
                                            August  1978
      METHODOLOGIES FOR VALUATION OF

AGRICULTURAL  CROP YIELD CHANGES:  A  REVIEW
                     by

       Steve  Leung and Waifred Reed
         Eureka  Laboratories,  Inc.
            1»01  N. 16th Street
      Sacramento,  California   9581A

    Scott Cauchois and Richard Howitt
        University of California
        Davis, California  95616
           Grant  No.  R80A957-010
               Project Officer

                 John Jaksch
      Criteria and Assessment Branch
CorvalHs Environmental Research  Laboratory
         Corvallis, Oregon   97330
 CORVALLIS ENVIRONMENTAL RESEARCH  LABORATORY
     OFFICE OF  RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
    U. S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
          CORVALLIS,  OREGON  97330
   For Salt by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office
          Waihington, D.C. 20402 Stock No. 05S-003-00092-1

-------
                               DISCLAIMER
ReSearhLahnratn™        rfvi?wed b* the Corvallis Environmental
Research Laboratory,  U.S.  Environmental Protection Aaencv  and
approved for publication.   Approval does not signify t£t the
contents necessarily  reflect  the views and policies of the US
Environmental  Protection Agency, nor does mention of tradl names or
commercial  products constitute endorsement or rSoSeSdSloHSr Sse.
                                    ii

-------
                                 FOREWORD
     Effective regulatory and enforcement actions by the Environmental
Protection Agency would be virtually impossible without sound scientific
data on pollutants and their impact on environmental stability and human
health.  Responsibility for building this data base has been assigned to
EPA's Office of Research and Development and its 15 major field installa-
tions, one of which is the Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory
(CERL).

     The primary mission of the CERL is research on the effects of environ-
mental pollutants on terrestrial, freshwater and marine ecosystem; the
behavior, effects and control of pollutants in lake systems; and the
development of predictive models on the movement of pollutant in the bio-
sphere.

     This project was initiated on November 1, 1976 and work was completed
as of March 31, 1978.
                                     A. F. Bartsch
                                     Director, CERL
                                    iii

-------
                                 ABSTRACT
     This research effort was initiated with the objective to complete a
review and evaluation, within the constraints in time and resources of
this project, of the methodological and analytical techniques used to
assess and quantify the economic impact of changes in agricultural crop
yields.

     The review focused on two major areas:  (1) physical effects of man-
made and natural factors on agricultural crop yield, and (2) methodolo-
gies and models used to evaluate and quantify the economic impacts of
crop yield changes on the farm, the agricultural industry and finally the
consumers.

     Investigation of the first area involved extensive literature review
on the effects of the natural and man-made environmental factors, and
their combinations on agricultural crop yields.  The major natural en-
vironmental factors included in this report are climate and weather, soil
and biological conditions.  Air pollution is the main consideration under
the man-made factors.  Production functions in relation to individual or
in combination with environmental factors are identified, when data are
available.  This area is presented in Section V of the report.

     Methodologies and models for assessing economic impacts due to crop
yield changes are considered in Sections VI, VII and VIII.  Three alter-
native models are identified in Section VI for the evaluation of the cost
to an individual farm due to changes in crop yield.  These models are
(a) mathematical optimization model, (b) simulation model, and (c) econ-
ometric model.  Section VII outlines the regional input-output model and
the regional spatial programming model  as two feasible approaches in
evaluating the secondary economic impacts.  Finally, the market supply
and demand theories are identified in Section VIII as relevant concepts
in analyzing the overall impacts on consumers due to crop yield changes.

     This report was submitted by the Eureka Laboratories, Inc. in the
fulfillment of Grant No. R804957-010, under the sponsorship of the
Environmental Protection Agency.
                                     IV

-------
                                 CONTENTS
Foreword	   111
Abstract	    1v
List of Figures and Tables	   v11
Abbreviations	,	v111
Acknowledgment 	    1x

       I.  Executive Summary 	     1
              A.   Introduction 	     1
              B.   Physical Effects of Man-Made and Natural
                    Factors on Agricultural Crop Yield . . 	     1
              C.   Methodologies and Techniques for Quantifying
                    Economic Impacts of Crop Yield Changes 	     2
      II.  Conclusions	,     6
     III.  Recommendations	     7
      IV.  Introduction	 .     9
       V.  Physical Effects of Man-Made and Natural Factors
             on Agricultural Crop Yield  	    11
              A.   Environment	 .    11
                    1.  Climate and Weather  	    11
                    2.  Soil Factors	    25
                    3.  Biological Factors 	    27
                    4.  Summary	    28
              B.   A1r Pollution	    30
                    1.  Symptoms of Injury ......	    31
                    2.  Factors Affecting the Expression of
                          Pollutant Damage to Plants 	    35
                    3.  Summary	    41
              C.   Production Estimates 	    43
                    1.  General Problems 	    43
                    2.  Field Surveys	    44
                    3.  Production Functions	    45
                    4.  Discussion	    53
                    5.  Summary  	 .........    59
      VI.  Farm Structure Profitability and Risk Changes due to
             Agricultural Crop Yield Changes 	    61
              A.   Mathematical  Optimization Modelled by
                    Representative Farm and Aggregated Region  ....    62
                    1.  Linear Programming (LP) in General	    62
                    2.  LP Model  of a Farm:  An Example	    63
                    3.  Aggregate Supply Response Modelled by
                          "Representative" Farm	    64
                    4.  Methods of Accounting for Risk Aversion
                          1n Farmers' Decisions  	    66
                    5.  Incorporating A1r Pollution Effects
                          into the Programming Model	    69

-------
             B.  Simulation Model with Production Function  	  72
                    1.  Features of Mathematical
                         Models of Economic Systems  	  73
                    2.  Simulation Compared to LP	74
                    3.  Applications	75
             C.  Econometric Modelling of  the Production System   ...  79
                    1.  Biological Production Functions -
                         Single Equation   	  80
                    2.  "Whole  Farm"  Production  Functions -
                         Single Equation   	  81
                    3.  Simultaneous  Systems	86
                    4.  Summary	93
    VII.   Secondary  Economic  Impacts  due to Agricultural
            Crop Yield  Changes	94
             A.  Regional  Input-Output Models   	  94
                    1.  Applications  of  1-0 Analysis	95
                    2.  Methodological Appendix   	  100
             B.  Regional  Spatial  Programming Models  	  107
                    1.  Nonlinear  Spatial  Programming Model:
                         An  Example	109
                    2.  Applications	Ill
                    3.  Summary	117
   VIII.   Overall  Impacts  on  Consumers due to Crop  Yield Changes  ...  118
             A.  Supply	119
             B.  Demand	121
                    1.  Mathematics of Demand Theory  	  121
                    2.  Price Elasticity of Demand  	  122
                    3.  Cross-Price Elasticity  	  123
                    4.   Income Elasticity  of  Demand  	  124
             C.   Stability  Benefits   	  127

References	135
                                    VI

-------
                                 FIGURES

Number                                                              Page
   1     Price Change Attributable  to  Shift  in Market Supply  ....  128
   2     Price Change Attributable  to  Shift  in
           Consumer Demand ..,.,,,.,....  	  128
   3     Effects of Price Stabilization on Consumer Surplus   ....  130
   4     Effects of Price Stabilization on Producer Surplus   ....  130
   5     Welfare Effects  of a  Shift in Market Supply  	  133
                                  TABLES
   1     Constants and Multiple  Regression  Coefficients for
           Years and Weather  Variables  and  Their Relation to
           Corn Yields in Five States	   48
   2     Variables used in Economic  Damage  Functions  	   54
   3     Economic Damage Functions on Vegetation with
           Pollution Relative Severity  Indices  	   55
                                    vn

-------
                    ABBREVIATIONS
Abbreviations                      Definition

    ANOC               analysis of covariance
     CES               constant elasticity of substitution
     CS                consumer surpluses
     ET                evapotranspiration
     EV                expected value-variance
     1-0               input-output
     LAR               leaf area ratio
     LP                linear programming
     Ly                Langleys, (cal cnr2)
     MLP               multiperiod linear programming
     NAR               net assimilation rate
     NSP               net social payoff
     PET               potential evapotranspiration
     PS                producers' surplus
     QP                quadratic programming
     RGR               relative growth rate
     RP                recursive programming
                         viii

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     This study was funded under Grant No. R804957-010 from the U.  S.
Environmental Protection Agency,  Assistance in planning program ob-
jectives and direction was given by John A, Jaksch, of the Environmental
Protection Agency's Corvallis Environmental Research Laboratory, Criteria
and Assessment Branch.

     Ronald Oshima of the California Department of Food and Agriculture
has spent many hours in reviewing Section V of this report on "Physical
Effects of Man-Made and Natural Factors."  His invaluable input to  this
report is gratefully acknowledged by the authors.

     Special appreciation is extended to Ruby Reed for both her techni-
cal Input to the agriculture crop yield section and her effort in manu-
script preparation.
                                     ix

-------
                                 SECTION I

                             EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

     This research effort is primarily concerned with the state-of-the-art
review and evaluation of the methodologies and analytical techniques used
in quantifying the economic impact of agricultural crop yield changes.

     In achieving this objective, the review centered on two main areas.
The first area is concerned with the physical effects of man-made and natur-
al factors on agricultural crop yield, and the second on the methodologies
and models for quantifying the economic impacts of crop yield changes on
the farm, the agricultural industry and finally the consumers.

     The entire report comprises eight sections, while the main body of the
report is found in Section IV through VIII.  A brief summary of the high-
lights of these five sections follows:

     A.  INTRODUCTION

     The purpose of this project is to provide a literature review and
evaluation of the methodologies and techniques available for the quantifi-
cation of the economic impacts due to agricultural crop yield changes.  The
project was conducted in three phases: (1) information and data gathering;
(2) review relevant information and data; and (3) information evaluation.

     B.  PHYSICAL EFFECTS OF MAN-MADE AND NATURAL FACTORS ON AGRICULTURAL
         CROP YIELD

     The effects of physical factors, both natural and man-made, on crop
yield were reviewed.  These factors include light, temperature, water,  wind,
soil, biological factors and air pollution.  Methods of estimating crop
yield in relation to these environmental  factors were also discussed.

     The growth rate and dry matter production of whole plants is propor-
tional  to the light received or to the log of light intensity.  Variations
in crop yield have been observed to result from variations in the amount
of light received.  The growth rate of some crops is more sensitive to
light deficiency at certain developmental stages than others.

     The rate of growth increases approximately linearly with temperature
between 5° to 30°C for temperate season crops.  Growth stops at about 5°C,
and the rate usually decreases rapidly after an optimum at 25° to 35°C.
Variations occur with plant species, age  and influence of other environmen-
tal factors.

     Plant growth and crop yield are controlled by the available water
supply.  The yield is approximately proportional to the amount of water used
by the crop, although excessive water or  periods of drought can cause tem-
porary disruptions.

-------
     Plant growth is promoted by low velocity  air movements.   High velocity
causes deleterious effects.   The effects  of  wind have  not  been  studied very
extensively except in relation to windbreaks.

     Soil influences plant growth by limiting  the availability  of nutrient
ions because of the location of the ions  in  the soil complex,  the relative
amounts of the different ions adsorbed, the  soil ion exchange  capacity,  the
diffusional ion flux and the mass flow of ions in the  soil  matrix.

     Crop losses from biological factors  such  as plant diseases, parasitic
plants and insects, were estimated to equal  about 10%  of  the crop.   The
estimates were based on surveys of various workers  in  the  field.

     Plant growth responses and visible leaf injury have  been  associated
with different air pollutants.  Ambient oxidants  in some  areas  of the United
States do clearly cause growth and yield  reductions in some agricultural
crops.  Reported yields in nonfiltered field chambers  were reduced  compared
with those in filtered chambers by up to  50% for  citrus,  potato, tobacco
and soybean, up to 60% for grape and up to 29% for  cotton.

     Plant responses to air pollutant are subject  to variations from environ-
mental and genetic factors, distribution  of  exposure to pollutant and  pre-
sence of pollutant mixtures.  There is a  distinct  variation in susceptibility
to air pollution among plant species, varieties and individuals.

     Field survey and production function are the two  methods  widely used
in estimating crop yield in relation to different environmental factors.
The field survey has been used to estimate crop losses resulting  from air
pollution.  Production functions are usually derived from multiple  regre-
ssion analysis which relates crop yield to different environmental  vari-
ables such as weather or air pollution.  Oshima (1976) has recently deve-
loped a method to produce crop loss-ozone dose functions under field con-
ditions using ambient ozone variations at different sites in California.

     There are difficulties with these methods for determining environmental
variable-yield relationships.  There are  a number of factors influencing
yield in the field which cannot  be individually controlled.  In various
controlled facilities the reverse is true, where ambient conditions cannot
be duplicated.  For statistical  analysis, the problems may include  factor
interactions, correlation between factors, limitations in the range of
variables of regression analysis and uncertainties where quantitative mea-
surements of factors is difficult.

     C.  METHODOLOGIES AND TECHNIQUES FOR QUANTIFYING ECONOMIC IMPACTS OF
         CROP YIELD CHANGES

     In Sections VI - VIII an overview of methodologies is provided that
may be pertinent to measuring the primary and secondary effects of physical
factors  in agriculture.  The discussion in Section VI addressed the impact
of crop yield changes on the farm level.   Section VII is concerned with

-------
broader primary and secondary effects on the agricultural  sector,  inter-
sectoral and interindustry effects, and regional  effects of yield  changes.
Section VIII focuses specifically on how the externalities of yield  changes
in agriculture affect the consumer.  A comprehensive assessment includes
all of these aspects and their measurement may be thought of as an essential
initial step in addressing the broader question of internalizing crop yield
externalities through appropriate public policy.   In addition to various
quantitative techniques may be utilized to model  the crop yield problem
under consideration.

     Section VI focuses on farm structure, profitability and risk  changes
due to crop yield changes induced by physical factors.   We specifically
concentrate on the following areas: (A) mathematical optimization  modelled
by representative farm and aggregated region, (B) simulation models, and
(c) econometric models.

     In VI, A, the linear programming (LP) model  of the firm is a  point of
departure.  Among the benefits of using LP are that it  can solve complex,
large optimization problems with relative speed.   Additionally, the  alter-
native impacts of varying parameters (such as air pollution levels,  for
example) can be readily derived.

     On the other hand, LP is basically a comparative static, conditional
normative tool.  Multi-period models can adequately overcome the first
problem, while recursive programming and risk inclusion help alleviate the
second.  The incorporation of risk is particularly important.  It  helps to
reduce the discrepancy between the actual and predicted behavior of  entre-
preneurs.  Thus, in aggregate studies it reduces  the typical overestimation
of supply that occurs due to the lack of specification  of risk averse beha-
vior.  Risk inclusion also prevents unrealistic over-specialization  in
cropping activities.

     Among alternative methods of including risk  in a representative farm
study, the direct derivation of E-V frontiers with quadratic programming
is probably the most appropriate, assuming that a QP algorithm is  available.

     In VI, B, simulation models were considered  to be  an alternative
approach to modelling the air pollution-agricultural sector system.   Simu-
lation is particularly flexible in the sense that it can manage large,
complex stochastic systems, multiple objectives,  interdisciplinary theore-
tical problems, and is by its very nature, dynamic.  However, simulation
models are non-optimizing and the conclusion was  that in general,  if data
are available and an analytic optimizing model can be constructed, the latter
is to be preferred.

     Section VI, C gives a thorough treatment of  econometric approaches.
The econometric approach is positive, that is, focuses  on existing rela-
tionships and not on what should be.  Single equation "whole farm" produc-
tion functions are a particularly good tool in diagnosing conditions of

-------
serious disequilibria.   On the other  hand,  as  the  system  under  consideration
becomes larger, with more producing units,  perhaps  the  best  use of  "whole
farm" functions are as  inputs into aggregate regional linear or quadratic
programming models.

     Single equation functions are often  subject to simultaneous equation
bias which can be overcome by specifying  one or more production relationships
as equations in a structural  system in which inputs, outputs, and other
variables are simultaneously  determined.  A simultaneous  system is  not only
logically superior to the single equation approach, but in the  reduced form,
allows for the derivation of  dynamic  impact multipliers,  i.e.,  the  effects
of changes in exogenous variables sustained for a  period  of  time on endo-
genous variables.

    In Section VII the secondary impacts  of physical factors damage on crop
yields in a general equilibrium framework is considered.  The methods
discussed in VII are equally  applicable to  communities, regions, multi-
regional units, or nations.  We extend the  analysis beyond producers of
agricultural commodities to consumers of such  commodities -  households and
other industries in VII, A.  In VII,  B, consumer demand is  incorporated  in
such a way that one can seek  a social welfare  optimum and measure the wel-
fare effects of physical factors such as  air pollution  and  pollution stand-
ards on producers and consumers.

     Input-output analysis is a multi-market analytical technique that deter-
mines the interdependence of  various  sectors of  the economy.  It is a posi-
tive tool and differs from the approaches in Section VI in  that the indus-
try rather than the firm is the unit  of production.  It has  been the most
widely used tool in the study of regional and  interregional  independence.

     The producing unit shifts to the region  in  VII, B. in which spatial
programming models are reviewed.  Among other  things, such models are charac-
terized by discrete producing and consuming regions. They  also may incor-
porate many commodities related in supply and  demand, multiple  time periods,
and storage activities.  Spatial programming models, particularly the
activity analysis version, have long  been used in  agricultural  economics
to derive efficient regional  and interregional production,  shipping patterns
and resource allocation.

     Of major  interest to the externality problem under consideration is
the nonlinear  spatial programming model in which prices and quantities
demanded are endogenous, that is, determined simultaneously within the model
along with supply.  In contrast, in the programming models  discussed in
VI, A demand is given.  With normal  negatively sloping  demand functions  and
under the assumption of perfect competition,  the appropriate maximand is
net social payoff, or the sum producers' and consumers' surplus.  In the
absence of better measures,  producers' and consumers' surplus measure the
dollar values  of producers'  and consumers'  welfare.  These concepts may be
used to identify gainers and losers due to alternative  policy actions.

-------
     In recent years the net social payoff objective function has been
modified to incorporate risk averse behavior.  This is important to deter-
mining the effects of physical factors such as air pollution because they
will alter the risk patterns of crops in different ways.

     In Section VIII some basic concepts in demand theory are reviewed and
the relevance of price and supply stability analysis to the measurement of
the welfare effects of crop yield changes due to physical factors is indi-
cated.  Conceptually, we want to direct attention to the fact that when a
given'encironmental policy action such as that of air pollution is taken,
the impact reverberates throughout the economic system.

-------
                                 SECTION  II

                                CONCLUSIONS

     The following conclusions  are based  on  the  literature  review  and
evaluation conducted in this study.

  (1) The growth rate and yield of plants are affected by physical  factors
      such as light, temperature, water,  wind, soil  and biological  factors.
      Quantitative data identifying the environmental  variables  and yield
      relationships are available in some areas  while  quite lacking in others,

  (2) Considerable efforts have been extended to develop air pollution-crop
      yield functions in agricultural crops.  While  some good experimental
      data has been generated recently for several  crops, much remains to
      be done in order to provide reliable data for  meaningful economic
      impact assessment.

  (3) Economic damage functions have been established  in several studies.
      There are, however, inherent weaknesses in the data base of  which the
      functions are derived, and other conceptual and  empirical  difficulties
      associated with the damage functions estimation.  Therefore  these
      functions should be used with proper understanding and caution.

  (4) There are quite a number of econometric methodologies and techniques
      available for assessing economic impacts due to agricultural crop
      yield changes on the farm level, regional level, and the consumer
      level.  These methodologies and techniques vary in complexities.  In
      selecting from these techniques for one's use the choice will depend
      upon the project objectives and input data availability; criteria for
      these selection are covered in the text.

-------
                                SECTION  III

                              RECOMMENDATIONS

     The quantitative relationship between agricultural crop yield and phy-
 sical factors  such as light, temperature, water, wind, soil and air pollu-
 tion should  continue to be investigated  in order to provide more reliable
 functions.   Priority should be given to  the investigation of the effects of
 physical factor  interactions on proudction.  Major consideration should
 also be given  to the consistency of techniques for evaluating changes in
 crop yield so  that sound comparisons can be made between studies.

     Under the assumption that reliable yield response functions can be
 estimated with either classical or Bayesian Techniques (the latter combines
 a priori knowledge with specific experimental results), appropriate metho-
 dologies are recommended with which the  primary and secondary effects of
 crop yield changes can be measured.  Primary effects are those at the indi-
 vidual farm  level; secondary effects refer to impacts of yield changes on
 both the agricultural and non-agricultural sectors at the regional level
 and on the consumer.

     In reality, one of the major problems in a California case study is
 expected to  be the quantity and quality of data available for estimating
 yield response functions for the variety of crops found in typical California
 regions.  Given this limitation, the recommended methodological approach
 at the farm  level is to use yield response functions as inputs to an aggre-
 gate farm linear programming model  (LP).  With such a model, one can readily
 calculate changes in optimal  cropping pattern (supply response), net returns,
 resource allocation and resource demand that result from changing the levels
 of given parameters.  The level  of air pollution is, of course, the para-
 meter of major concern in this study.  If we regard the estimation of yield
 response functions as the first phase in a regional study, the LP model
 may be regarded as the second phase in which one determines the primary
 economic effects of air pollution at the farm level.

     Alternatively, if all  data limitations were overcome in estimating
yield response functions, such functions could be embedded in a simultaneous
 regional farm  level production system.   Dynamic multiplier analysis could
 then be used (with the system in its reduced form) to examine the impacts
 of changes in exogenous variables (such as air pollution) on the endogenous
 variables (for example, yields,  output, profits) in the system.

     An econometric model  of a production system could also be used to
 simulate alternative outcomes under varying environmental  regimes.  While
 such a model  is non-optimizing,  it  has  advantages in that it can generate
 the time paths of changes in endogenous variables or monitor outcomes under
alternative settings of decision variables.

     In both the LP and econometric approaches, the risk and uncertainty

-------
inherent in farmers'  can be incorporated  into  the models.   The  econometric
approach is superior  to the LP approach  in  that  jointly  determined  struc-
tural relationships are estimated  rather  than  predetermined.  On  the  other
hand, LP is an optimizing tool that can  be  made  to  be  adequately  predictive,
and essentially is less demanding  in terms  of  response function requirements.

     Third phase of research involves the determination  of the  secondary
regional effects of air pollution:  on agricultural  packers and  processors,
the transportation sector, employment, consumers, and  other sectors inter-
related with agriculture.  Either  the LP  or econometric  models  of farm level
impacts can used as inputs into such regional  models.

     Our recommended  regional  modelling  approach is input-output  (1-0) ana-
lysis.  This is the most widely used methodology that  accounts  for the
economic interdependence of sectors in a  region. For  given optimal farm
level adjustments to  alternative air pollution levels  (for example, as
ascertained in a farm level LP model), the  1-0 model may be used  to deter-
mine existing and projected impacts in the  entire regional economy.   A
dynamic extension of  the static 1-0 model may  be made  in order  to make long-
run regional projections.  The completely dynamic model  is quite  complex
and requires the addition of a matrix of capital coefficients.  Alternatively *
judgemental assumptions about technological change  can be used  to make the
model "partially" dynamic.

     Another distinct attribute of 1-0 analysis is  that the data  collection
process necessary to construct a regional transactions table is not as
cumbersome as it once was.  A substantial number of regional 1-0  studies
have been completed in California.  Consequently, there has been  increased
awareness of the need to maintain viable data  bases as well as  where to
obtain  regional data.

     A  regional spatial  programming approach to measure the secondary effects
of air  pollution is a viable  alternative to 1-0 analysis.  In fact, it has
several advantages: it is an  optimizing technique;  the objective function
may  be  defined  so  as to  maximize net social payoff; it can account for risk
and  uncertainty.   These  advantages are offset by a substantially greater
and  more difficult data  collection effort relative to an  1-0 study.

     With respect  to consumer effects, the indirect impact of physical
factors in  agriculture will vary considerably according to the region sel-
ected for a case study.   For  instance, the effects of ozone on alfalfa
yield in the  South Coast Basin are  likely to have only minor effects on milk
prices  faced  by local  consumers.  On  the other  hand,  physical factors damage
to the  lettuce  crop in  the  Salinas  Valley would have more  significant price
and  quality effects -  both  on local  consumers and on  consumers in  other
areas of  the  country whom,  at times,  are completely dependent upon Salinas
Valley  lettuce.  At the  same  time,  since lettuce expenditures constitute
such a  small  proportion  of  the family food budget, there will not  be  sig-
nificant  effects  on overall consumer welfare.
                                       8

-------
                                SECTION IV

                               INTRODUCTION

     The main objectives of any air pollution control programs are
public health and safety protection and economic loss minimization,
Agricultural crop yield reduction is a main concern in economic loss due
to air pollution.

     In assessing the economic impacts of air pollution on crop yield,
reliable yield data and appropriate econometric methodologies are required.
Agricultural crop yield data have mainly been generated by two methods,
field surveys and laboratory experimentation.

     Field survey is the most direct way of measuring crop yield in  either
a clean environment or in one impacted by physical  factors such as air
pollution, weather, pests or poor cultivation.  There is one drawback in
the field survey.  The data accuracy depends very much on the experiences
of the inspectors.  They may or may not be able to  separate the effects
of different physical factors on crop yield.

     There are difficulties involved with the laboratory approach also.
Differing conditions and extraneous conditions not  present in the labora-
tory  or poor laboratory work, can invalidate data  developed with this
method   Also, laboratory results at one concentration or condition  are
often linearly extrapolated to other concentrations or conditions.  This
induces error if dose-response is non-linear.

     It becomes apparent, therefore, that in order  to include reliable
crop yield data for economic impact assessment, one has to examine and
define those data in relation to specific conditions or physical factors
under which the data are developed.

     The crop yield data are usually transformed statistically into  re-
sponse functions.  They are expressed in relation to different physical
factors such as weather, soil conditions, and air pollution.  The value
of crop loss is then estimated by relating the functions to the total
crop losses associated with different variables.

     This is one of the most widely used approaches in the economic  assess-
ment of crop yield changes.  This approach is direct and simplistic  but
not realistic.  It does not account for any indirect economic effects such
as labor forces, market behavior, etc.  It considers only the economic
impact to the farmer, and ignores the effects on the agriculture industry
as a whole and the consumers.

     This study was undertaken with those points discussed above in  mind.
It is the intention of this research effort to complete a review and
evaluation of methodologies and techniques used for the quantification  of
economic impacts of agricultural crop yield changes brought about by the

-------
physical effects^of natural  and man-made factors,   In achieving this ob-
jective, the project was conducted in three phases:   (1)  information and
data gathering; (2) review relevant information and  data; and (3) infor-
mation evaluation.  The main body of the report is presented in Sections
V to VII under four categories:  (1) physical  effects of man-made and
natural factors on agricultural crop yield; (2) farm structure, profit-
ability and risk changes due to agricultural  crop  yield changes; (3)
secondary economic impacts due to agricultural  crop  yield changes  (4)
overall impacts on consumers.                             wionyca, \ ;
                                     10

-------
                                SECTION V

              PHYSICAL EFFECTS OF MAN-MADE AND NATURAL FACTORS
                        ON AGRICULTURAL CROP YIELD
     A.  ENVIRONMENT

     Plant growth under natural ambient conditions is a complicated process
in which the input of radiant energy is used to convert carbon dioxide and
various elements from the soil into photosynthates.  The growth process is
influenced by plant genotype, environmental variables and cultural or
other external parameters,  The following section reviews research on the
major environmental factors as they are related to plant growth or yield.
Research carried out out under controlled laboratory conditions is con-
sidered first, and is followed by results from field studies.

     "Yield", in agricultural production, is concerned with that part of
a plant or crop which can be marketed as food or otherwise utilized for
some economic gain.  This marketable portion may involve almost any plant
part which may be harvested at various stages of maturity.  Studies of the
relationship of environmental factors and to crop yield have been an area
of enormous interest (Thompson, 1962; Haun, 1973; Kuchl e£ al_, 1976), but
most investigations are not directly related to economic concerns.  Most
experimental results were derived from studies investigated under con-
trolled conditions or artificial environments and in many cases yield was
measured over relatively short time intervals (Thome, 1970).  Over the
short term yield may be measured as growth rate or more commonly as photo-
synthetic productivity (Setlik, 1970).  Photosynthetic productivity is
determined by measurement of carbon dioxide uptake or by periodic measure-
ment of the dry weight increase of plant parts (Blcakman, 1961).

     !•  Climate and Weather

     Climate represents the overall trend of weather in a region over a
long period of time, and weather refers to the daily fluctuations of
meteorological factors (Whyte, 1960; Evans, 1963).  The types of crops
which may be grown in a particular area and the maximum yield attainable
are dependent on climate, but the yearly variation in yield for crops
which are grown frequently is determined primarily by weather variables
(Thompson, 1962; Warren Wilson, 1967; Haun, 1973).

     a.  Light
                                                                 _2
     Radiation.  The radiant flux density averages about 1390 W m   on the
irradiated side of the earth's atmosphere.  About 75 percent of this ra-
diation may reach the earth's surface on a clear day, and about 25 percent
on a cloudy day.  About half of the radiation reaching the earth's surface
is in the visible light, photosynthetically active (0.4-0.7 ym) wave-
length band (Milthorpe and Moorby, 1974).   The radiation flux densities
vary with latitude and the time of year.
                                     11

-------
     Ph.otp.syn.thet.1c. processes .   The primary  influence  of  light (radiation)
on plant growth and yield is  through photosynthesis,   Photosynthesis
consists of at least three processes which are  influenced by  climatic
factors (Gaastra, 1962):

(1) a diffusion process in which CCL (carbon dioxide)  is  transferred  from
    the external air to the site of^the reaction in chloroplasts.   In-
    fluenced by temperature.

(2) a photochemical process by  which light energy is converted into
    chemical energy and the reduction of C00 into carbohydrate.   Influ-
    enced by light only.                   *

(3) biochemical processes in which the energy produced by light is used
    for the reduction of C0?.   Biochemical processes are  strongly influ-
    enced by temperature.

  ,  Light intensity and photosynthesis.  Assuming ample  water supply and
nutritional level, photosynthetic rates may  be limited by the COz concen-
tration. temperature or available light.  Photosynthetic  rates of most
plants  increase linearly with light intensity until maximal rates are
achieved provided temperature and C0? concentration remains constant.
Further increases in light intensit/then fail  to increase the photosyn-
thetic  rate.  In laboratory studies Bohning  and Burnside  (1956) found
light saturation intensities of about 2500 foot-candles for several field
3s*  J0thers  (listed by Chang, 1968) have  reported values of 3000 to
4000 and even up to 6000 foot-candles (full  sunlight at noon usually
exceeds 10,000  foot-candles) for sugar cane.  Hesketh  and Baker (1967)
did not find a  saturation intensity for corn at irradiances up to 1400
c^l \  +2  lnieKS1t¥ 9reater than f"ll sunlight.  Monteith (1965) has
stated  that laboratory measurement  of photosynthesis in relation to light
intensity, at fixed C02 concentration can be fitted to the curve:


                              P -  U + ^                            (0

where  P is  the  rate of photosynthesis  (grams carbohydrate per square
meter  leaf area per hour), I is light intensity  (Langleys/hour) , and  a and
b are  constants which  vary for  each plant variety.
         h1Mn       curve 1n terms of C02 uptake had been de-
         by  Hesketh  (1963) as a rectangular hyperbola of the form:
                                            '1
                                  Ml + K  I)'                          (2)
saturate™ i?nh$2.UPtakVn m9/dm2leaf  area/hr, Qmax  is  the  uptake
olant   I? }ln iS f"51^'  '   V'ntensity  and K  ifa constant  for  the
for q'.DPriL^^L  n?iey|.iLyl  per minute  the  response  fits  the  curve
for 9 species tested.   The fit where  I  <  0.25 Ly  was  poor  apparently
                                                                    at
                                                                    the
                                     12

-------
because of interference from respiratory COo.  Qmax could be determined
more easily as the intercept with the equation in the linear form:
     Carbon dioxide and photosynthesis.  At high light intensities photo-
synthetic rates can be elevated two or three times by increasing the C02
content to about 0.13 percent compared to the normal atmospheric content
of 0.03 percent (Chapman and Loomis, 1953; Gaastra, 1959, 1962; Waggoner,
Moss and Hesketh, 1963).

     Within plant communities there are variations in the ambient CO?
content, which depend on the consumption of C02 by the plants, and trie
input through diffusion or air movements (Lemon, I960*, Setlik, 1970),
Tanun and Krysch (1961) found the minimum C02 concentrations within a crop
canopy were between 0.025 and 0.029 percent, and a 0.02 percent minimum
was reported by Chapman et aj_ (1954).  The local carbon dioxide deficit
may, therefore, cause a decrease of 10 to 20 percent in the rate of photo-
synthesis (Chang, 1968),

     Temperature and photosynthesis.  The photosynthatic rates of plants
increase with temperature until maximums are reached.  The influence of
temperature on photosynthesis varies greatly with plant species or
variety.  Molga (1962) showed there was linear increases in photosyn-
thesis of potato, tomato, and cucumber plants between 10° and 30°C, the
rate being about 5 times as great at the latter temperature.  After op-
timal rates at 30°C there was a sharp drop with temperature above 37°C.
Temperature optima near 25° or 30°C are reported to be typical of tem-
perate and tropical plants (Milthorpe and Moorby, 1974), but for some
arctic and alpine plants the optimum may be as low as 15°C (Mooney and
Billings, 1961).  In addition to differences among plant species, the
temperature optimum may be influenced by the previous environment of the
plants.  For example, when measured at 30°C the photosynthesis of Panicum
coloratum plants grown previously at 20°C could be doubled by subjecting
them to 30°C overnight (Ludlow and Wilson, 1971).

     Dry weight increase—Growth chambers.  Growth or yield in terms of
dry weight increase have been measured in relation to light intensity
under controlled environment conditions.  Such studies are valuable since
the effects of other factors, e.g. temperature, which may be correlated
with light under natural conditions (Warren Wilson, 1967) can be eliminated.
Most of these investigations have used a limited range of light intensities,
only 2 or 3 intensities in many cases (Hussey, 1965; Silsbury, 1971).

     Hussey (1965) measured the dry weights of tomato plants grown at 400
and 800 foot-candles.  The weights at the latter intensity were about
twice as great as the lower.  There was a temperature optimum near 23°C
for both intensities.  In barley plants, the log of dry weight was propor-
tional to light intensity up to 60 cal cm-2 (Aspinall and Paleg, 1964).
                                     13

-------

                     °Utrde exce^ for a Period °f 16 days either 5
                       °f flower™9-  During the 16 days  in growth
                   ,   t0 light ^tensities of 374 or 740  J cm-2. and
at matur. f h       higher lntensity yielded about 15 percent more grain
at maturity than those exposed to lower intensity,
    lnht
for  rntn
rankim S
co?n <
but
the Mahpc
fall
liaht
light
                     investigation of  light intensity versus growth
                 'polled  conditions  was done  by Rajan et al (1973).
                   ! ^SL1'08 to,5'4 x ^ Lux  "*™ combTned-wlth six
            * H  ™*? 3? C'   NAR (net assimilation rate), LAR (leaf
             !?     (relative growth rate) response surfaces were shown
           Sa nflower» be?n' and corn plants grown in each condition. The
            ThaXima reln.^e growth rates (9 g^day-l) were sunflower <
            The maximum RGR  s were sunflower o!29, corn 0.25, cotton 0.23,
              l^^ °f bean was almost ^affected by light intensity
              ? temperature. RGRs for sunflower and corn increased to
                °f ^mperature and light intensity used, but began to
                 ra?S; .u0t?0n showed  a near]y  Tinear increase with
              except at the  lower temperatures.
fll
Black
                        increase-Field.  Two methods have  been used  In
                       llght on growth and yield of plants  in the field.
            '    1S  eCedby Sading to all°w ™"oul proportions of

                         ,        ng  o a°w ™"ou  proportons o
                     the Piant  (Blackman and Wilson, 1951;  Blackman and
             k        Se^^ more wide1y used method, an attempt is made
            ^served variations  in growth with the  naturally occurring
                                               —a/change
     Blackman and Black (1959a)  found that when davlioht was reduced by
    eSMfol?!TcL^e RGRS ?f sm?™r- alf^fa^latKrus maHt?.M and
    e Trifom secie
fhyQO Tv-ifrti.;,,m ,.,,  •       ,   --"•'«™<=i,  cuidiTa,  Latnyrus marmrnum »..
 e^tFiS r^n ^sss? sia^ dld'^T^ff^S^'
nsi 'sleJLTn^i±d,!^l 1*t«'' ""tip  ""V
                                   In  every one of 22 species tested
       f       ;      »-"--       a           nspons
Wilson 1954?  ?hP«?   P^vious history of the plants (Blackman and
those such as ' arl^ll 11^° a dlfferen" between isolated plants and
                             5 .
                                           Were made at varioUS
the same  g    MuHipe  een9-00"1^6 medsured in plantS
experiments to anaii;! n^ 9^u" lon techniques have also been used  in
  penments to analyze growth in plants started at frequent intervals
                                 14

-------
     Experiments of this type were carried out by Warren Wilson (1967)
with rape, sunflower, and corn grown in an arid climate.  The analysis
accounted for 92 to 95 percent of the RGR variation in terms of mean
temperature and radiation.  The variation for rape was not influenced by
changes in light level.  Hodgson (1967) found 75 to 95 percent of the RGR
variance of sunflower and Vicia faba growing in Scotland could be accounted
for using the leaf area ratio in addition to the light and temperature
variables.  Eze (1973) determined correlations in terms of light, temper-
ature and relative humidity for sunflower and bean in Sierra Leone of
West Africa.  Fifty-one to 52 percent of variance of RGR was accounted for.
Voldeng e£ a_l_ (1973) included light, mean temperature and in some instan-
ces minimum temperature and accounted for 77 to 89 percent of RGR variation
of corn growing in southern England.  Equation for estimating RGR under
the conditions used were included in each of these reports.

     Warren Wilson (1967) has pointed out that difficulty may arise in
multiple regression analyses of this kind when the variables are not
independent.  Light and temperature, for example, tend to be correlated,
and Brenchley (1920) found r values of about 0.3 to 0.7 for those two
variables.  It was suggested that the influence of the correlated variables
should be checked separately in controlled environment studies.

     Comparisons of total global radiation for the growing season and
yield have been made for a number of crops.  Sibma (1970) determined cor-
relations between the total  radiation and yields of potatoes, sugar beets,
peas, wheat, barley, flax and corn in a number of fields in the Netherlands.
The correlations were found for annual  yield data obtained over periods of
10 to 22 years for the different crops.  An average of 57 percent of
yield was accounted for in terms of the total global radiation in each
growing season.  The forage corn dry matter in an experiment in Britain
(Phipps et al, 1975) was closely correlated with solar radiation, about 94
percent of variation being accounted for by the radiation changes.

     There are some reports  of yield reductions through shading where the
economically important yield is produced at a late stage of development
as with a grain crop.   The degree of yield reduction by shading is depen-
dent on the developmental stage in which shading occurs as well as the
amount of light reduction (Evans and Wardlaw, 1976).  Shading had least
effect on wheat grain  yield  when it was given during the vegetative phase
of growth (Fischer, 1975).   In this stage, reducing the sunlight by 60
percent caused a yield reduction of less than 5 percent, while a similar
reduction during the reproductive stage caused a yield reduction of up to
35 percent and in the  grain  filling period about 16 percent.   Very similar
effects of shading at  different developmental stages of rice were reported
by Yoshida and Parao (Evans  and Wardlaw, 1976).  Vegetative growth of wheat
was reduced by shading whether or not there was an influence on grain
yteld (Fischer, 1975).  Gifford et, al (1973) found grain yield reduction
of barley about equal  with shading before or after anthesis.   When the
growing season for sugar beets was divided into 3 equal  periods, shading
in any one of them caused a  reduction in root-size at final  harvest
(Watson et, al_, 1972).   The dry matter of the root and the sugar content
                                     15

-------
was proportional  to the total  radiation  during  the  season  regardless  of
the period in which it was  received.   Reduction of  radiation  by  56  percent
reduced the dry matter of roots  by  about 50  percent.
     b.  Temperature
     General characteristics.   Plants  have minimum,  pptimum,  and maximum
temperatures for growth, and these points  have been  called the cardinal
temperatures.  Cardinal  temperatures  are not precise values (Parker,  1946),
but approximate values have been determined for most crop plants.  With
cool-season plants, the minimum is 0°  to 5°C (Chang, 1968).  It was estab-
lished by Sachs (Went and Sheps, 1969) that cardinal temperatures do not
remain constant during the life of the plant but are different for each
developmental stage.  This concept has been studied  further and discussed
by Went (1948, 1957) and others (Stanfield et al , 1966;  Hartsema, 1961).
Many plants have higher optimal temperaturesTirTthe  early stages of growth
as it has been found for peppers (Dorland and Went,  1947), peas (Went, 1957 J
beans (Viglierchio and Went, 1957), and tobacco (Camus and Went, 1952).

 _    There  is a variable relationship between temperature and growth which
is dependent on the plant species.  The general shape of the temperature-
response curve shows a rapid increase in the lower range (0° to 15°C), a
iio??r 1"crease with temperature in the intermediate range (10° to 3QQ or
1957- Erik3 "^ ™^ fallin9 off at hi9he^ temperatures  (Went, 1956,


     Jne Deported rate of dry weight increase was about 80 percent greater
at 30  than at 20°C in tomato  (Abd El Rahman and Bierhuizen, 1959), soy-
bean (Hofstra, 1972), and Tidetromla  (Bjorkman et al , 1974).  Each of
these was over a linear portion of the response~ciirve.  In other instances,
the Qin for the 20° to 30° range was smaller  (ca. 1.60) if the plants were
older (Hofstra, 1972) or  (ca.  1.27) if 30° was close to the optimum temper-
ature (Bjorkman et  al_,  1974).  This indicates that  the experimentally
determined  temperature-growth-response curve may only apply to the plant
 used and to similar experimental  conditions.

 nv**. ^vr  P°^itive correlations  between  vegetative growth and temperature
 ?nJ n!»  JSii   r?S??  h?!e  £een rec°rded under controlled chamber conditions
 1948? AM  ?  p\19?2; Stanfield etai,  1966), tomato  (Calvert, 1964; Went,
  Raian  £  1}  R?Sl? and /nerhuizen, 1959),  cotton,  sunflower/bean, corn
 IKajan  et_aj[,  1973),  and  other plants.
studi P^nn^u!01^0"/ 1 ?fll Yi Plf1 '  There are relatively few growth chamber
f leld arSnc  f f     °!  ^f"^"™ on the final yields of such crops as
                SUr  beets '   For studies Wlthin the ^^ rane °f °ut"
 side tPmnf ?  SU?Ir beets '   For  studies Wlthin  the ^^  range °f °ut
 w th hSK  alures> !here may  be little  ^crease  or a small yield decrease
 with higher temperatures although this  varies with the  crop  tested.

 the vield ofeara?l3± were Put into growth  rooms  at the  flowering  stage
 tne yield of grain was greater from plants maintained at  150C  than  at
                                      16

-------
20°C  (Thome et^ a]_, 1968).  Although the rate of dry weight increase of
vegetative parts was higher at 20°C, the leaves died sooner.  This reduced
the leaf area available for photosynthesis and growth of the grain.  In
another experiment (Thome e£ al, 1968), grain yield of wheat was higher
in plants exposed during spikeTet initiation to 15°C in the light period
compared with those exposed to 20°C.  In this instance, the higher yield
was evidently due to the larger number of grains per ear formed at the
lower temperature.  A similar application of higher temperature for 16
days which started up to 3 weeks after anthesis also resulted in lower
yield (Ford and Thorne, 1975).  The final yield from sugar beets was
increased by exposure to 6°C higher temperature during the period of
greatest leaf expansion (Thorne et, aj_, 1967).

     Heat unit summations.  Field studies of temperature effects on plant
growth have been almost entirely confined to the determination of correla-
tions based on the existing natural variations in temperature of the air
and soil.  The first of the many attempts to relate plant development to
temperature in a quantitative way was done by Reaumur in the 18th century
(Wang, 1960; Robertson, 1973).  He proposed that a plant of a given va-
riety required the same sum of daily mean temperature from planting to
maturity regardless of the temperature variations.  Reaumur's scheme has
been modified in the development of the concept of a degree-day summation
rather than a simple temperature summation.  As presently used, a degree-
day is the daily temperature in daylight hours above the minimum tempera-
ture needed for growth of the plant.  It was later established that there
was closer relationships with the developmental stage of the plant if the
degree-day was multiplied by the average day length (Nuttonson, 1957).
This can be expressed in the form of the equation:


                             r z (Tm - a) = K
                             L P

where                      (Tm - a) = 0/Tm < a

(K) is the photothermal  constant, (L) is the average day length during the
growth period, (P) is the date of planting and (M) maturity, (Tm) is daily
mean temperature, and (a) is the minimum temperature for growth of the
plant.

     A modification of the degree-day calculation was proposed by Gilmore
and Rogers (1958) which takes into account temperatures above or below
the optimum temperature range for grov/th of corn.  Corrections were made
for exposure to temperatures below 50° and above 86°F.   The coefficient of
variation of heat units required for corn development was reduced from
3.65 with only a 50° minimum to 1.63 with a 50° minimum and 86° maximum.

     The degree-days and heat unit concepts have been criticized as over-
simplifications because they do not consider the fact that (a) plants
respond differently to temperature during different stages of their life
cycles, (b) threshold temperatures may vary under different conditions,
                                     17

-------
and M»Jhore  ?«?Ct.S, °f 0^f environmental  factors are omitted (Thornthwaite

Ssefuf^r'so'ur960^   " ""  C°^^ 9CCUrate en°Ugh t0 be
r3nninn,nHn.          has  been  used with some success in the
1973  Wane   iQrn^9 JndUSt7 t°r Potion of crop maturity (Robertson,
to mituH?;      }*  +°me °f the crops  which have b^n evaluated with regard
oeas  whiLt   f?,SWeS5 C0n\' fie]d corn»  tomat°es, snap beans, lettuce,
curv^  r^Hnl   and ?9?P]ant (Arno1d*  1959>-  A Polynomial regression
davTof oJ™Jh9  dccumulaied temperature  to dry weight of corn over 150
et in! 1975)?   accounted f°r ^ Percent of the observed variation (Phipps
methodselndC?orm.!lti0f--' kc°;t1nuin9  efforts  have been put forth to develop
clan? in tlrl°  nf 1S  °r 56tter estimating  the developmental process of
houHv 3aJ?iE  ?  temPrature-  Ferguson  (1958) suggested a method using
tionshiD nf KptS?)eraturesDa!!d takin9 into account the non-linear rela-.
^na |5fL?Lp r.nn ?°nSe< .Robertson  ("53) proposed a method for determin-
bJlance   TH,  ISh ?>peratures which incl^ed a factor for radiation
                     was,exPa"ded by Newman  et al  (1967).  Haun et al.   u

                          '^6                              °'
 emperature


estimates of arlthC-n1qU?S/hich are bein9  developed do give improved
providing scienJif^'MnH61'!10!^0 temP^ature.  They may be suited to .
SsefulneL   ?n £lt Ujd^standln9 to some degree but have little practical
temperStu?;  o?hp? Sl!lhthe re
-------
     Photosynthesis continues at an undiminished rate with leaf water
potentials of -4 to -8 bars.  At lower water potentials, the shape of the
response curves varied with the species tested.  Sunflower (Boyer, 1970),
tomato and loblolly pine (Brix, 1962) showed nearly linear decreases,  The
slopes for corn and soybeans continued to increase as the water potential
approached -16 to -18 bars (Boyer, 1970).  Plants exposed to these low
water potentials do not necessarily show visible symptoms of desiccation
although the photosynthetic rates are 15 percent or less of the rates in
well-watered plants.

     Some degree of adaptation to water stress is possible.  For example,
when water was withheld from corn plants throughout most of the grain-fill
period, plants which had been grown previously in dry air became desiccated
more slowly and produced a higher yield than plants previously in humid
air (Boyer and McPherson, 1975).

     The water potential and appearance of plants may return to normal in
a very short time after they are re-watered following a period of drought.
The rate of photosynthesis, however, may remain depressed for some time
if the desiccation was sufficiently severe.  Ashton (1956) reported 2 days
were required for photosynthesis of sugar cane to return to near normal
after drought.  Similar effects were noted for apple trees (Schneider and
Childers, 1941) and sunflower (Boyer, 1971).

     The growth of leaves can be inhibited by only small degrees of desicca-
tion compared with the amount which reduced photosynthesis (Hsiao, 1973;
Boyer, 1970).  For example, the enlargement of leaves was found to be
greatest at -1.5 to -2.0 bars.  Enlargement stopped at -4.0 bars in sun-
flower and at about -10 bars in corn (Boyer, 1971).  Leaf water potentials,
which attain low values during the day, usually rise again at night to the
level of the soil  water potential (Cowan, 1965).   Leaf enlargement, there-
fore, may stop during the day in periods of low water supply but growth
may resume at night.

     There is some evidence that the response to water stress of plants in
growth chambers may differ from that of plants growing in the field.   In
growth chamber studies, the leaf expansion rate decreased from -2 to -4
bars and ceased at -7 to -9 bars (Boyer, 1970; Turner and Begg, 1973;
Watts, 1974).  In field grown corn, however, Watts (1974) found moderate
leaf extension rates at -9 bars, although in the growth chamber, leaf
growth of corn stopped completely at -7 bars.  Moreover, the data of
Watts (1974) and McCree and Davis (1974) indicated that in the field leaf
expansion rates continued at about the same rate day and night although
leaf water potentials varied from -1 to -7 or -9 bars.  The evidence in-
dicates that caution must be used when extrapolating from controlled
environment data to field conditions.

     The transpiration - yield relationship.  Another way of expressing
the relationship between yield and water is to directly compare the amount
of water transpired with the yield in dry matter.   Transpiration is the
                                     19

-------
e??ec
like J       or  e
explained  bv  the fart
                                     St°mata  of the  leav«-  * cause-and
                                             ?1eld 1s  thouSht to  be un-
                                     col"relation between  the two  can  be
and trlnspU^were
ship was  1  near   Se Si
areas of    gh^diation-
fre?water
the formula      changed t
and'lre
and other variables
                              1?63) haVe described  studi^  1" which yield
                               1n 10 C!i0ps'  and  in  each  case the  relation-
                               Pr°P°Sed the  f°llowin9  relationship for
M = b W / E


 production,  I
 > a constant,


  M = c W
                                                "«ter  transpired,  E0  is
                                             For areas  of
                                                              r«l1a1on.
                                  ?' b and C are different for  each
                                 climatic conditions,  nutrient  levels,
                             "*
                                         °btained
                                                       experiments  with
             ^                                Many field studies  have
crease yields (Hscher and Saopn  iQ^?P ^T^^3^ that irrigations  1n-
degree of yield  rlductlJnJjh'*196?1 Salter and Goode.  1967).   The
timing and'dSrat on    °t e'd  ictt^th   ?^ dePends °" the severity,
factors and weather  fartnrc   T£
on what part o? ^h   crop i 'con s
vested (Fischer  and  Hagen, 1965).
as
                                                             v,
                                             sPecies and variety,  soil

                                               f ?n°mic ^ield a^so dependS
                                            USeful  material  to be  har-
                                  a      development,  as with  crops  such
stress are sinn  ao  those on    JT" ^e?bles. the effects  of water
be greater than  effects on c^Sp^where ^PiH°f th^ plant and are  likely  t0
stored in seeds.   Hagen (1957)  for 11™^   consists of the dry  matter
of the soil  which  reduced green foTaS K ™    "  that mo™ture  depletion
percent increase in yield of seedf QAI «y  S 5ercent resulted in  a 10
Turner, 1976)  had  a 47 percent redictftn V?d!r;on and White (Be" and  *
from lack of Irrigation? K?the v eld Of °np ^°tal yie]d °f green  pea  pla"J
                       , uut une yield of peas was reduced only 36 percent.
     Effects  of the  timin  o   ect*   Man» ~i  ,.  u
In their development wTTIchsJeDarlJcul a H ! c P ^S have Certa1n stageS
(Salter and Goode.  1967  in terSs of v ^iy ^"^tive to water deficiency
annual leafy  crops  such  as lett PP  J ?1  reduction.  In the case of
deficits occur at any  time durina ;h^H1d ?eems to be reduced If water
                 any  time during the development of a useable crop (Sale
                                    20

-------
1966; Schwalen and Wharton, 1930; Salter and Goode, 1967).   However,  this
was not found to be true in every investigation.   Veihmeyer and Holland
(1949) felt that irrigation near to harvest was not necessary for lettuce,
and Schwalen and Wharton (1930) reported dry conditions early in the  grow-
ing season greatly reduced head weight.

     The yield of cereal grains is especially sensitive to  water stress  at
3 stages of crop development although some aspects of yield development
are not common to all cereals (Slatyer,  1969).  The first stage is that  of
floral initiation.  The second is the stage of anthesis and fertilization,
and the third is the stage of grain filling.

     The number of floral primordia of wheat was  reduced by 35 percent in
barley plants when water was withheld for 42 days compared  to those with
continuous watering (Husain and Aspinall, 1970),  and a similar effect was
noted by Nicholls and May (1963) in water stressed barley.   In wheat, the
stage found to be most sensitive to water stress  is approximately the last
15 days before anthesis.  Fischer (1973) found a  short period of plant
water stress of -27 bars 10 days before  ear emergence reduced grain yield
of wheat almost to zero but has almost no effect  on yield 12 days after
ear emergence.

     Sorghum is relatively insensitive to drought during floral initiation.
Whiteman and Wilson (1965) subjected sorghum to "severe" stress for one
week at various growth stages and found  that inflorescence development
could be suspended during the water stress period but could resume on re-
watering.

     Further examples of the influence of timing  of water stress on grain
yield are show in a study by Downey (1971).  When water stress was allowed
to develop for 20 days during male meiosis in corn, the total dry matter
was reduced by 29 percent, but the grain yield was unaffected.  When  the
drought was allowed to develop during grain filling, the reduction for
total dry matter was 30 percent, but the reduction of grain yield was 47
percent.

     Relating water supply to yield.  There have been numerous procedures
developed for the assessing the relationship between water supply and crop
yield   Among these are correlations with measured rainfall, soil moisture,
and evapotranspiration  (Stanhill, 1973).  Usually, the yield response
correlations have not been related solely to water, but have been combined
with other climatic variables such as temperature and radiation.

     Total seasonal rainfalls have been correlated with yield with some
success in arid zones, especially with the wheat crop.  Cole (1938)
related wheat yield to seasonal precipitation at 19 sites in the Great
Plains area of the Unite States,  the period covered was 1906-35 and  pre-
cipitation accounted for 36 to 80 percent of the annual yield variation.
There was considerable variation in the constants of the regression equa-
tions for different sites.  These ranged from 8.40 kg ha^mm-1 to 4.27,
                                     21

-------
                     from '14U50 to  -530 ^ ha-1,  Pengra (1952)  related
                         SUth  dk°ta toa1nfa11 which accounted for 37
oerent of   HP vi
tion nvpr l5 ^   f'  ^l6 and  Lehane  (1954a> found a *™^*r correla-
                          t P":oduction in Saskatchewan.  The degree of
matterSv?PlH  ^^"1 a5proach'  Walter  <1963) determined that the dry
with rVinf^ii   gras!lands ln south-west Africa was closely correlated
with rainfall  in _ regions of varying  aridity.
curvprn-          have been  comb^ed with rainfall in multiple
divided rain?aliefninnfm°de1S-.  ?°?Son (l962^ used this technique and"
                                   ^
                                                            1ncluded'
in the^nadfan'nrl^l 1n^onthly periods  was  correlated with wheat yields
be oredirtpH  !Jth      '     ^°tal annual  Production of the region could
be predicted  with an average deviation of  13 percent (Williams, 1969).

                                                         '-
      capacity to  hold and to conduct water (Taylor,  1964).

when theeIate?1iSlntXi PlHnt Srowth is the root  zone-  A Problem arises
measured   One m^t  H^ H" ^u^ C0ntent of soil  in tne ^ot zone are
or potential  at llLt% ^C*!r^ is best«  or  measu^ water content
.eas'ureme t  ma'y "e'nJ cessaV "to alTl  19K61)'  °etailed laborato^
of a soil for a oarticu?^ rL  N perly cnaracterize the moisture status
and Robertiw  1 68     e coTcluded'S l?61i ^9ley ^^ 1973)"  Bal'6r
suitable for  quantitative staf 3«??r»i *   ^^-term records of soil moisture
relationships are  not readily III n^ilTsJigations  1nto crop-soil moisture
developed to  try to  relate water ulfl     Van.°^S  ?ther methods have been
1973)/ Some  of ^them are diseased L^? yi?ld  (Baier' 1973; StanhUl ,
ship between  the measured water wtSl «nSP°tranS?1Jat1on-"  A relat1T
for some crops.                Potential and crop  yield has been reported


Canada S^Indtt                             devel°P*d ™
6 soil moisture zones of the so 1? nroflip Ca^Ulat"d  water Callable in
zones was based on standard wMthJJnh' Jhe  estlmate of water in these
of daily estimates of SotentlS? «S  ob_servatlons and  required calculation
knowledge of  thr^litSr^ffi^                       |^o requlred.some
-del gave better  estimates o
                                    22

-------
 seasons  in Canada  than did direct use of correlations with climatic var-
 iables  (Baier and  Robertson, 1968).

     The yield  of  a number of crops  (peas, potatoes* sugar beets, alfalfa)
 was  found by Taylor (1952) to be linearly related to the soil water poten-
 tial though there  was considerable variation in the data.  Bierhuizen
 (1961) showed that percentage fresh weight increases of lettuce, spinach,
 and  radish were very similarly related to soil water potential.

     Evapotranspiration.  Evaporation from the soil surface and transpira-
 tion from leaves of the crop are the two sources of soil water losses
 which occur after  drainage.  However, it is difficult to separate these two
 processes in the field measurement,  Therefore, the term evapotranspiration
 (ET) has been used in studying soil water status to represent the total
 water losses by evaporation and transpiration.  The maximum ET, measured
 when water supply  is non-limiting, is called potential ET (PET) (Penman,
 1948).   Since ET is a function of soil water contents, wind speed, humid-
 ity, air temperature and day length, there have been numerous attempts to
 relate crop production to ET, with the hope that the process of future
 crop yield estimation may be simplified by using ET measurement rather
 than by  various climatic factors independently.

     The relationship between ET and yield in the field may or may not be
 linear.  Allison et al, (1958) showed a linear relationship between ET
 and yield of a  number of crops grown in a lysimeter.  Staple and Lehane
 (1954b)  found that the yield was a linear function of ET with spring wheat
 grown in the tanks, and a curvilinear function to ET with wheat in the
 field plots.  The  effect on crop yield of changes in ET due to water
 moisture contents  in the soil varies with various stages of plant growth,
 as illustrated  by  Chang ejt aj[ (1963) in the study of sugar cane yield in
 Hawaii.  Most crops have critical periods, during which a decrease of ET
 reduces economic yield much more than at other periods.  Chang (1968,
 Table 19) lists moisture sensitive stages for 21 crops.

     Methods for estimating PET can be classified into 5 categories:  (1)
 direct measurement, (2) empirical methods, (3) energy balance calculation,
 (4) aerodynamic approach, and (5) use of evaporimeters.  A brief discussion
 of the usefulness  of these methods will  be presented.

     (1) Direct measurement.   Lysimeters are soil tanks designed for grow-
 ing crops under field condition, in which water loss can be directly
 measured by periodical  weighing of the apparatus (Arnon, 1972).  Meeting
 specific requirements (Chang, 1968), lysimeters are the most dependable
 means for direct PET measurement.  A specially designed circular tent was
 introduced by Decker et_ aj_ (1962) to measure ET from undisturbed plots of
 natural vegetation through determination of quantities of water vapor
 produced.

     (2) Empirical  methods.  Many empirical  formulas relating ET to
meteorological  measurements have been developed.  The principle assumption
 for this method is  that there is a direct correlation between crop water
                                     23

-------
requirements  and the meteorological factors.  Also, in attempting  to
establish a relatively  simple formulation for practical use,  a minimum
number of factors are used.

     The most popular and well-known  formulas are:   (a) Thornthwaite
formula (Thornthwaite,  1948)  expressing  PET  as  an exponential function of
mean monthly air temperature  and day  length; (b)  Blaney-Criddle  formula
(Blaney and Griddle,  1962), the most  widely  used  procedure for semi arid
lands of western U.S.,  in which a crop factor showing seasonal  variation
is added to the ET estimation formulation,  in addition to air temperature
and day length factors; and (c) Makkink formula (Makkink, 1957), based on
solar radiation measurements weighted according to air temperature, that
is, a greater proportion of the solar radiation is used for  ET at  higher
air temperature.

     The  reliability of  the empirical methods for PET estimation  is greatly
 improved  when the  formulas are  calibrated for each specific  crop  in a
 given  region  (Tanner,  1967).

      (3)  Energy balance  calculation.  The energy  balance  method  of cal-
 culating PETTsTaled~^nntnTirsTLinipti on that transpiration  and  evaporation
 are both controlled  by the same physical factors,  and therefore, ET  is
 considered essentially a physical  phenomenon which  requires energy supply
 (Penman, 1948),  A complete  energy balance  equation may  be given as  follows:

                        Qn+H=S+A+ET+C+PS

 where Qn = net radiation; H = horizontal  divergence of sensible and  latent
 heat; S  = heat flux to  the soil; A = heat flux to the air;  ET = evapo-
 transpiration; C  = heat storage in the crop; PS = photosynthesis.  This
 equation was further  simplified to:
                                Qn = A + ET
  by omitting factors S,  C,  PS  because  they  are minor  and  negligible,  and
  by dropping the H for there is  no  simple way to  evaluate this  factor.

       Penman (1948), based  on physical principles,  derived a formula  com-
  bining the energy balance  approach and aerodynamic approach.  This basic
  equation and its further modifications have been tested in various regions
  with various crops; such as:  alfalfa-brome at Hancock, Wisconsin (Tanner
  and Pelton, 1960), perennial ryegrass at Davis, California  (Pruitt, 1963),
  alfalfa  at Gilat,  Isreal  (Stanhill,  1961).  The testings clearly  indicated
  the widest applicability of  this method.

        (4) Aerodynamic  approach.  This approach utilizes  various aerodynamic
  methods  to estimate  the rate of water vapor diffusion related to  ET
   (Thornthwaite  and Holzman, 1939).  A portable machine analyzer called
   "evapotron"  was developed (Dyer,  1961) by CSIRO Division of Meteorological
   Physics.  This approach is found  less satisfying  by various workers,  in-
                                       24

-------
eluding a study conducted  in Davis, California (Pruitt, 1963).

      (5) Use of evaporimeters.  Two types of evaporimeters are being used:
(a) open water evaporation pans, and  (b) porous surface type atmometers.
The use of a evaporimeter  to estimate ET is based on the similarity between
evaporation and ET.  The advantages of using evaporimeters are that they
incorporate the effects of all meteorological factors, therefore, giving
better estimates of short-term ET changes.  Also, they can be used to
estimate the ET throughout the life cycle of a crop (since ET rates vary
with  the age of a crop) (Chang, 1968).  The most commonly used evaporation
pan throughout the U.S. is the U.S. Weather Bureau Class A pan.

      In evaluating the practical usefulness of each method mentioned above,
one has to take into account, not only the accuracy of these methods, but
also  the convenience in field operation and the cost.  Stanhill (1961;
made  a comparison of eight methods in Isreal, using a lysimeter as a
standard.  The simplest and least expensive method for obtaining a reason-
able  accuracy was the evaporating pans.

      d.  Wind

      Plant growth is influenced by wind (Chang, 1968, Yoshino, 1974) in at
least three ways.  It may  increase transpiration, change C02 intake and
cause mechanical breakage of leaves and branches.

      Water loss through transpiration increases up to a certain windspeed
and then levels off (Stafelt, 1932) or decreases slightly (Hesse, 1954;
Fibras, 1931).

     The uptake of C02 and photosynthesis may be promoted somewhat by in-
creasing windspeed (Limon, 1963).  Deneke (1931) found an increase in
photosynthetic rates with windspeed to 167 cm/sec (3.7 mph) but there was
no further increase with speed.

     High velocity winds tend to be harmful  to growth and yield (Wilson and
Wadsworth, 1958; Pelton, 1967),  but there are variations in response.
Whitehead (1957) gave examples of (1) exposure evaders (flat or low stature),
(2) exposure resistant (barley for example), and (3) exposure sensitive.
Growth, as dry weight increase,  in the first two categories was almost un-
affected by high wind speed.   In the sensitive plants, growth was inversely
proportional to wind speed and approached zero at 60 m/sec.  Wadsworth
(1959) found growth of young  rape (Brassica  napus) plants was optimal at
winds of 0.3 m/sec. and decreased at higher  speeds.   Changes in relative
growth rate were small.

     2.  Soil Factors

     The soil is the source of the mineral  nutrients required by plants.
The mineral  ions occur in the soil  in a variety of forms.   Some are free
in the soil  solution; some are more or less  tightly bound to the soil
                                     25

-------
particles,  and others are incorporated into the crystalline structure of
some soil  minerals.

     It was originally  suggested by Liebig  (Russel, 1950) that the nutrient
ions adsorbed by the colloidal fraction of  the soil sere  in some way uti-
lized by plants, and the measured  contents  of ions  in  the soil complex  is
considered an index of  the  availability of  these  nutrients to crops  (Millar,
1955).  Nevertheless, there frequently  is only a  poor  correlation  between
the growth of plants and the total content  of a particular  ion  in  the  soil.
This is because all of the  ions  in the  soil are  not readily  available  to
plants.  The degree to which ions  are available  depends to  a great extent
on  the soil type.  Some of the factors  in the  soil  which affect availabil-
 ity are the ease of an ion's being replaced by  other ions,  the location of
 ions  in the soil complex, the relative amounts  of the different ions ad-
 sorbed, the ion  exchange capacity, the diffusional  ion flux for root ab-
 sorption  and  the mass  flow of ions through the soil matrix (Mil thorp and
 Moorby, 1974).

      The  ion  exchange  capacity of a  soil is a characteristic of particular
 significance in relation to  the influence  of soil  type on nutrient avail-
 ability.   Except for saline  and highly weathered soils,  over 99 percent of
 the cations are absorbed and less than 1 percent are  in  soil solution
 (Thompson and Troeh, 1973).   This ion  exchange capacity  of  a soil also
 represents ion storage capacity which  is  a significant factor  determining
 the response of crops to applied  fertilizer.   In addition,  soils  with a
 high exchange capacity are, in general,  fertile and have a long lasting
 quality for  crop production (Millar et_ al_, 1966).

      Phosphate  has probably been studied more than other ions in relation
  to soil  exchange  capacities and  availability to plants,  An example of
  some differences  which may  be found is shown by an experiment of Biddiscombe
  % al. U969) in which they  applied  phosphorous  to three Austrailian soils
  of different exchange capacities.   The amount of  phosphorus remaining  in
  S5iUV°nu  ter ec^1lbnu(n  r™ged from 0.008 to 2.4  percent of the amount
  added   However,  the  soil with the  smaller percent phosphorus  in solution
  had at least a 100 times  greater exchange capacity for  phosphorus.
  i«am „« fT2V\phS-ph°If ab*orbed by barley plants  in a medium heavy
  loam was found to be directly related to the amount of exchangeable phos-
  phorus in the soil (Russel et al, 1961).  A similar linear relationship
  K±e!;  *?' !o7n?hOS?hate ^ Up-take was found for ei^t Plant speclesby
  Keay et  a]_  (1970).  In another instance, the uptake of phosphate by kales
  1969)    depending on the scnl ^ the* were grown in (Russell and Newbould,


        Other  characteristics  of soil such  as  particle size, porosity, soil
   structure,  pH,  and  organic  matter  content have  importance in  determining
  yield and suitability  for the type of crop  which  may  be  grown in an are!
   (Arnon, 1972; Thompson and  Troeh,  1973).

        Soil surveys have been made in  many areas  of the United States and
                                        26

-------
  other parts  of the world  (U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  1957; Dewan and
  Famouri,  1964).   The  data  from  soil  surveys can  be  used  to  estimate the
  yield potential  of a  soil  (Steele,  1967).  If an estimate of the influence
  of  soil types  on the  variation  in yield  of one crop  is desired over a
  wider area,  such as a county, it would be  necessary  to determine the soil
  type  under each  planting.   In addition,  one must realize that the actual
  yield will also  be determined by the combination of  interactions among
  several different  factors  of soil, water,  and  crop management (Raeside,
  1962).

       3.  Biological Factors

       Disease and pest  injury caused by viruses,  bacteria, fungi, nematodes,
  parasitic seed plants  and  insects have long been recognized as important
  factors responsible for crop losses (Webster,  1972, Stapley and Gayner,
  1969).  The entire area of plant pathology is  devoted to the study of plant
 diseases.   Therefore,  it is not the intent of  this review to cover details
  in this area.  A brief description of symptoms observed in the host plants,
 the extent of crop yield reduction caused by plant pests  and diseases,  and
 principles of pest and disease control  will be presented  here.

      Diseased plants usually undergo various stages  of morphological  and
 physiological changes  following  the entrance of the disease-causing  agents
 (Kenaga,  1970).  The morphological  changes  that can  easily  be  observed are:
 (1)  abnormal  host coloration,  e.g.,  chlorosis, mottling,  lesions;  (2)
 wilting;  (3)  abnormal  growth,  e.g.,  overgrowth, dwarfing,  replacement of
 host tissues  by the parasites;  (4)  abscission  of  forliage and fruits; and
 (5)  death,  e.gi.,  pre-  and  post-emergence  damping  off, rots.

      There  are  two most commonly used expressions for estimating crop
 losses. One  is expressed  as percentage of  potential  crop yield, the other
 is in  terms of  monetary value.   A survey  on the world-wide crop loss an-
 nually due  to plant diseases was summarized by  Cramer (1967).  The esti-
 mated  total yield loss of cereal crops was  506.4  million tons, or 34.1
 billion U.S.  dollars.   Crop losses, due to  insect damage, was estimated at
 5 to  10 percent of  total crop values  (4 billion dollars per year) (U.S.
 Dept.  of Agric.-ARS, 1965).  Plant diseases also  cause estimated 10 per-
 cent  (over 3  billion dollars) loss of foodstuff.  At  about the same time,
 crop losses in  California,  resulting from diseases, were estimated to be
 247 million dollars  (about  9.6%} with an acreage  equivalent loss of about
 9,4 percent (California Agric. Expt. Sta.,  1965).  The estimates of crop
 losses, such as those  noted above, are not, for the most part, based on
 investigation and measurement.  Most of them are  based on surveys of
 opinions of persons working in the various crop areas  (California Agric.
 Expt.  Sta., 1965).  It would, therefore, be difficult to assess the ac-
 curacy  of this  kind of  report or to use the data  in conjunction with
 estimates of losses from other sources.

     Extensive research in the area of plant pests and disease control
 have greatly reduced both quantitative and qualitative losses.   Methods
of controlling pests and diseases can be categorized into two groups'
                                     27

-------
(1) cultural  practices and biological control.  Sons control methods that
are included  in this  group are:  use of resistant varieties, eradication of
diseased plants, clean culture, crop rotation, use of pest predators for
pest control; (2) legal  control.  This includes quarantine and chemical
control (Hughes and Metcalfe,  1972; Pfadt, 1971; Webster, 1972, Kenaga,
1970).

     4.  Summary

     The plant growth and yield modifying effects  of  the  following  factors
were reviewed:   (1) light, (2) temperature,  (3) water,  and  (4) wind.   Some
consideration was given to the effects of the soil  and  biological  factors.

     Visible light from the sun is used in photosynthesis and is  the source
 of all  the energy  used by plants for growth and agricultural  production.
 Many  of the  basic  relationships between light and plant growth have been
 found  in controlled  environment studies where light is  independently
 varied and other factors are  held constant (Thorne, 1970).  Photosynthesis
 of single leaves generally increases linearly with low light intensity
 but falls off and becomes constant at high intensity.  The rate of growth
 and dry matter production of  whole plants is more or less proportional to
 the light received (Phipps et_ al_, 1975;  Watson et al,  1972) or to  the log
 of light intensity (Backman and Wilson,  1951).

      Decreases  in the  intensity of  light, reaching crops in  the  field,  are
 mediated primarily by  the degree  of  cloud cover.   Variations  in  crop  yield
 have been observed to  result  from variations in  the  amount of light re-
 ceived (Sibma,  1970; Watson et al .  1972).   In some crops,  certain stages
 ?Fischer°P1975)are m<>re Sens1t1ve to deficiencies in light intensity


  h**  The.rate °f  9rowth increases approximately  linearly with temperature
  between temperatures of about 5° to 30°C for temperate season crops.  Growth
  nf°?loa! ao?nr 5°!;  a?d the rate usually decreases rapidly above an optimum

  of oLer^nviLm"" "™ Pl*nt ^™> ^ ™* 1nflueflCe
  ment inVhf ^if-^5 !nS  *he  f fect of temperature growth or develop-
  ment in the field is related  to the  sum of degree-days.  A degree-day is
  the temperature above the minimum and  below  the optimum for growth  in any
  t1?i vietd (tnIiHe9iQrQda^.may  be  closely  related  to maturity or  vegeta-
  arowth alri IP™ ! J  ^l' Phlpps  &&> 1975>«  The  second method relates
  other variablT  HUnhiby r.**r***i™ analysis  usually  in conjunction with
             /Ph?n« «f9  y ^?lficant Delations  have been found in some
             (Phipps et^al_, 1975; Haun, 1973).
   suDOea   «Tpo      f 6 controlled by the available water
   Sescr    thi, Jpil^ ner».197/)'  Some success has been had in attempts to
   able waLr l\ rl}^l^^T yield Prediction by measuring the avail-
   Robertson  ?U\  f H    (Williams, 1969), estimated soil moisture (Bair and
   Robertson, 1968)  and  evapotranspi ration (Staple and Lehane, 1954b .  Water
                                       28

-------
 potential  has  been used to estimate  water  availability  in  the  laboratory
 (Boyer and McPherson,  1975),  but  is  not  useful  for yield estimation,

      The yield of crops is approximately proportional to the amount of
 water used by  the crop  (Arkley, 1963;  Staple and Lehane, 1954b), although
 excessive  water or periods of drought  (Ashton,  1956) can cause temporary
 disruptions.

      Individual  crops have different water needs, and many crops have one
 or more  developmental stages  with particular sensitivity to water deficit,
 e.g.,  14 days  before flowering in wheat  (Fischer, 1973; Salter and Goode,
 1967).   In  crops  where  the economic yield consists of seed or grain, there
 is often greater  resistance to water shortage than in crops where the pro-
 duction  of  leaves  is important (Begg and Turner, 1976).

      Plant  growth  is promoted by low velocity air movements (Wadsv/orth,
 1959), but  high velocity causes deleterious effects (Whitehead, 1957).
 The effects of wind have been little studied except in relation to wind-
 breaks (Pelton, 1967).

     Soils  influence plant growth by limiting the availability of nutrient
 ions because of the location of the ions in the soil  complex,  the relative
 amounts of  the different ions adsorbed, the soil ion exchange  capacity,
 the diffusional ion flux and the mass flow of ions  in the soil  matrix
 (Milthorpe and Moorby, 1974).

     Crop losses from biological  factors, i.e., plant diseases, parasitic
plants and insects, were recently estimated to equal  about  10  percent of
the crop (U.S.  Dept. Agric. ARS,  1965).  The estimates  were based on
surveys of various workers in the  field.
                                   29

-------
     B,   AIR POLLUTION

     The effects  of  the air pollutants on living systems have long been
known as an important threat  to  the natural ecosystem.  Much of the con-
cern about pollutants stems from the resulting  injuries to vegetation,
especially to  agricultural  crops.  Unlike the meteorological, soil, and
biologicalfactors, air  pollution is almost  exclusively  generated  by men
and their activities.   The  recognition of the sources of  pollutants and
their influences on the biosystem should therefore lead to  the  active pur-
suit of control standards and measures.

     Although various definitions for air pollution exist,  pollutants are
generally  considered as substances which, added in sufficient concentra-
tions,  produce a measurable effect on man, other animals, vegetation, or
materials.  Therefore, air pollutants may include almost any natural or
 artificial  composition of matter capable of being airborne (Chambers,
 1968).

      Field surveys  of  air  pollution injury on  California agricultural
 crops have given an indication  of the extent of the problem.   Surveys
 suffer from the lack of  a  quantitative  method  of  assessing  losses.   Most
 rely on subjective estimates from surveyors.   The success  of such surveys
 are therefore directly related  to the competence  of  the  surveyor.  The
 first  statewide survey (Middleton and  Paulus,  1956;  Middleton, 1961)
 estimated an 8 million dollar loss  from smog  damage.   Another  survey was
 taken  in  1970 (Mill lean, 1971).  Millican listed  six pollutants, each with
 its percentage of  the total  observed plant injury:  ozone (03) 50%,
 peroxyacyl nitrates (PANs) 18%, fluorides 15%, ethylene 14%, sulfur dioxide
  (S02)  2%,  and particulates 1%.  03 and PANs were most prevelent  in the
  South  Coast  Air  Basin.  Fluoride is normally  localized since  it  is normally
  emitted from stationary industrial sources.   The amount of agricultural
  acreage located  near  fluoride  producing industries is small.  Ethylene
  injury is mainly associated with the cut-flower  trade since it  is generated
  from ventless or rusted heaters  in heated glasshouses.  S09 is  also local-
  ized as it is normally  emitted from stationary sources.   Its  emissions
  can be reduced through  corrective measures of SOo-discharging industrial
  plants.  There has been only a single  reported case  (at El  Dorado Co.)  of
  lime  parti cul ate damage in  this survey.

  ,«™  T!le most recent California survey on air pollution crop  losses from
  1970  through 1974 (Millican,  1976) shows an  upward trend in economic losses
   (from 16.1  million dollars in 1970 to 55.1 million dollars in 1974).  This
  trend is  not necessarily correlated with increases in air pollution levels
   (for  example,  increases  in planted acreage and crop value contribute to
   the increased  loss estimate in 1973), but are more closely related  to  in-
   flated market  prices,  an increasing inventory of susceptible crops  and
   better methods  of evaluating  the effects of  air pollution.
   0nw-in,u  of plants  to a1r Pollutants  and their interacting
   environmental factors have been extensively covered in recent reviews
                                        30

-------
  and Kozlowski, ed. 1975; Naegele, ed. 1973; Jacobson and Hill, eds.
  1970; Taylor, 1974; Heck. 1968), only a general discussion is presented
  here.

       1.  Symptoms of Injury

       Plant responses  to air pollutants can be generally classified into
  three types:   (1) visible injury symptoms, which are observed most dis-
  tinctively on leaves.   Normally these symptoms are  observed  as tissue
  collapse with necrotic patterns, chlorosis or other color  changes, pre-
  mature abscission; (2) growth  responses,  such as reductions  in biomass,
  quantity of the  crop yield;  and (3)  quality changes,  such  as,  changes in
  nutritional  content, color,  texture,  flavor,  etc. of the product.

       One of the  most complete  descriptions  of visible air  pollution symp-
  tomology can  be  found  in  a pictorial  atlas  by Jacobson  and Hill (1970).
  The  visible symptoms of acute  foliar  injury are  somewhat specific for a
  given  pollutant.   The  severity  of injury  varies  from species to species,
  and  depends on physiological leaf age, water  status, and other interact-
  ing  factors.  Chronic  injuries,  associated with  long-term or intermittent
  exposure  to lower  concentrations of pollutant, are  less specific and  often
  resemble  symptoms of other environmental stress, senescence, insect and
 disease  problems or nutritional  imbalance.  Visible symptoms of acute
  injury have been the principle means of identifying the effect of air pol-
 lutants on plants and in estimating pollutant effects on crop yield
  (Millican, 1971).  However, pollutants may cause quantitative and/or
 qualitative changes in crop growth and eventual yield without any  visible
 foliar injury (Heck, 1976).

      a.  Ozone

      Ozone injury was  first observed  as stippling on grape  leaves  (Richards
 et al, 1958) and  flecking  on  tobacco  leaves (Heggestad and  Middleton,
 1959J.   Necrotic  lesions were visible on the upper leaf  surface as either
 red-brown pigmented stiple or bleached flecking.   This pigmentation occurs
 in the mesophyll  layers beneath the upper  epidermis  as a result of plas-
 molysis and eventual disintegration of palisade cells.   Prolonged exposure
 or exposure to high concentrations of ozone extend the injury  from pali-
 sade  to spongy cells, producing  bifacial necrosis.   Chlorosis  (Taylor ie_t
 al, 1960)  and  pre-mature senescence (Engle  and Gabelman, 1967)  are commonly
 observed  chronic  injury symptoms.  Small -lesions may also coalese to form
 necrotic  blotches  (Heggestad  and  Middleton,  1959; Jacobson and  Hill, 1970).
 Injury  to  conifers  appears as tip burn  (brown  necrotic tips) with no clear
 separation between  brown and  green tissue.   Chronic Oo exposure causes
 chlorotic  mottle, terminal die-back and abscission (cnlorotic decline)
 (Miller jtjil, 1963).

     The tip of the youngest  leaves and the whole of the oldest leaves
 tend to be more susceptible to 03.  Reports have indicated that leaves
ranging from about 65 to 95$ of their  matured size are most  sensitive  to
                                    31

-------
03 (Ting and Dugger, 1968).   Mature  plants  in  general  are more  resistant
than young plants (Jacobson  and Hill,  1970),

     Reduced growth of some  forest tree seedlings was  reported  after
prolonged exposure to low concentrations of 03 (Jensen,  1973).   Growth
and subsequent yield associated with 0s damage are reported to  signif-
icantly reduced  in sweet corn (Heagle et_ a]_, 1972; Oshima,  1972), radish
 (Tingey et_ aj_,  1971) and tomato (Oshima et_ al_, 1975).   A yield reduction
of  as much  as  50 percent was reported for citrus  (Thompson and Taylor,
 1969) and for  potato  (Heggestad,  1973).  Crop composition was also reported
 to  be altered  by ozone  (Pippen et_ al_, 1975),

      b.   Peroxyacyl  Nitrates and  Nitrogen Oxides

      Peroxyacyl  nitrates are the  best  known of a  group  of  compounds which
 result  from photochemical reaction  between  nitrogen oxides and  reactive
 hydrocarbons in the atmosphere.   Peroxyacetyl  nitrate (PAN)  is  the most
 abundant of this group  and  is  responsible  for serious plant  injury in
 many polluted areas (Taylor, 1969).  Another  two members of  the PANs
 group are peroxypropionyl  nitrate (PPN) and peroxybutyryl  nitrate (PBN).
 Although PPN and PBN are only  found in trace  amounts  in heavily polluted
      they are several times more Phytotoxic than PAN  (Jacobson and Hill,
      The injury induced by PAN varies with plant species, from a glistening
  appearance of the leaf under-surf ace to complete necrosis,  In dicotyledon
  leaves,  silvering", "bronzing", "brown-black motting" may be found.  In-
  jury  in monocotyledon leaves generally appears as transverse banding.  The
       ™                                    ^entiation and maturity

  sublectedorMnn                           ™ tomato  ™*  b**n Plants
  Hill! 1970)? Pr°longed exP°su^ of low concentrations  of PAN (Jacobson and
         rCessesnai             of co"^stion and certain indus-
        C.   Fluorides
                                             uonde  are  the main  forms
                                       32

-------
 cause plant injury because they are readily  absorbed  by  plants.   Fluoride
 accumulation over a long  period of  exposure  also  results in  visual  injury
 (Jacobson and Hill, 1970),

      Acute fluoride injury in  broad-leaved plants  usually appears along
 the margins and  tips of leaves as reddish-brown dying  necrotic tissue
 (DeOng,  1946).   In some leaves, the necrotic tissue may  fall off, leaving
 a  chewed appearance to  the leaves.   Occasionally  streaking or spotting may
 occur.   In monocotyledons,  the necrotic  area is at or  near the blade tip,
 with clear darker banding  separating tissue  killed in  succeeding  exposure.
 Some may have intercostal  streaking (Hitchcock et  al,  1962).  Fluoride
 accumulation in  conifers results in brown or redUisF-brown necrosis, be-
 ginning  at the tips of  needles and  progressing toward  the base.   Chronic
 fluoride injury  in general  appears  as  loss of chlorophyll, resulting in a
 chlorotic or mottled pattern on the affected leaves (McCune, 1969).

      It  is interesting  to  note that the  more resistant species or variety
 usually  accumulates the most fluoride  (McCune, 1969).  In maize, plants
 that have past the elongation  stage of development are most susceptible
 to  injury and the degree of injury  increases  with  the  age of.the  leaves
 (Hitchcock ejt £l_» 1963).

      Significant  growth and yield reduction  was reported in injured plants
 (Hitchcock et_aj_i  1963).  At very low  HF concentration,  the growth and
 vigor of young navel  orange trees were greatly reduced even though easily
 distinguishable visible symptoms were  absent  (Brewer e£ _al_, 1960).

      d.   Sulfur Dioxide

      Injury  induced by  S02  is  the consequence of the conversion of S02 to
 sulfite  and  sulfate upon entry.  The severity of injury depends on the
 rate  of  their accumulation  and  species tolerance.   Sulfite is much more
 toxic than  sulfate because  of  its reducing potential.

      The  leaf injury  usually is initiated in  the spongy mesophyll  cells.
 Palisade  cells are then affected.   Acute injury in broad-leaved plants is
 characterized by  initial dark-green, water soaked discoloration and, upon
 drying,  bleached  or pigmented  marginal and intercostal necrosis (Linzon,
 1965).  The  necrotic  areas  may  fall  out after a period of time.   In mono-
 cotyledon  species,  necrotic streaks developed from near the tips and ex-
 tended towards the  base of  the  blades.  Injury at the bend of the long
 leaf  blade  is most  severe.  The injury in conifers appears as brown necro-
 tic tips of  the needle, sometimes with a banded appearance as a result of
 a series of  injurious exposures.  Chronic injury in general  resembles
 senescence  (Jacobson  and Hill,  1970; Taylor,  1973).

     Fully expanded young leaves are first to show injury, while less
mature expanding  leaves are least affected (Jacobson  and  Hill,  1970).

     Plant growth suppression by SOg has been reported.  In alfalfa,
Thomas and Hill  (1937) demonstrated  a reduction in carbon dioxide assim-
                                    33

-------
llatlon induced  by  S02.  Cotton yield in terms of number  of  bolls was aUn
shown to be reduced by SO? (Brislev et al   IQRcn    r™,,L   5 Ol s was also
tlon by S02 «as  also
     e-   Ethyl ene and other Phytotoxic Pollutants
dental  spillage.   Heavy metals and industrial
very;arelrause  extensive injury
                                      o
similar collapsed  type  injury in cottSn f Sn   .1^6?^  al *  1956)» and
lily (Rhoads  et al / 1973) were r^porteS   PhL^-'-1957  and in easter
portance, andTsThe consequence^? thp'n^ K  °  V* 1s  of more im-
ethylene.  This takes ?he ?orm "  retardat?!   r9Ulat!n9  act1on of
             ^                                marginal and inter-
tip necrosis  of  the needles Is thpSiSnh     leaf  plants<   In conifers,
and Lacasse,  1969).             he °"ly obse^ed  symptom of  injury  (Means
tissue   Old  and middle-aged leaves
       Abscission of leavls
                                              dPd
                                                           of the leaf
appearance  and may stay
                                               concentrations of ammonia
                                           6aVSS my Show a cooked green
                    «S.1"SSatArer-t,l^..^nganese, zinc, nickel
                  roads> has        '  s  °?a^ ffi
                                              °  "-"t-kllntot. on
                                   .
                                          e
                                                                      of
                                   34

-------
 the high pH of the dust-water mixture (Lerman  and  Darley,  1975).

      2.   Factors  Affecting  the Expression  of Pollutant  Damage  to  Plants

      Plant sensitivity and  the severity  of injury  produced  by  a pollutant
 is  determined not only by concentration  and duration  of exposure, but also
 by  environmental  variables  and biological  factors.

      a.   Time - Concentration.   Air  pollution  injury  is a function of both
 pollutant concentration and time (Heck,  1968).   However, the time-concen-
 tration  (dose)  parameter must be carefully utilized in  describing exposures
 since equal  doses may  not produce an equal  plant response.  Plants normally
 have  a greater response to  higher concentrations and  short  exposure than
 to  an equal  dose  of low concentration and  long exposure periods.  A time-
 concentration ozone reponse surface  (Heck  et_ a]_, 1966)  and  a model (Heck
 and Tingey,  1971)  to predict acute foliar  injury have been  developed for
 some  plant species.  In a recent review, Heck  (1976)  lists  time, concen-
 tration,  injury-response equations calculated from this model  for 19 types
 of  plants  which are divided according  to 03 susceptibility  into sensitive,
 intermediate and  resistant  groups.

      Multiple exposure  is another area in which  equal doses may not give
 equal  responses.   Studies on  63  injuries have reported  that, for a given
 dose,  a  greater plant  response was el cited in a single continuous expo-
 sure  than  to two  or  more separated exposures of  equal exposure time (Heck,
 1968).   Greater injury  was  found  in  pinto  bean and tobacco  subjected to
 continuous  exposure  than when the exposure was split  into two  time periods
 (Heck  and  Dunning,  1967).

      b.   Environmental  Factors

      Light.   Three  aspects  of  light:  photoperiod, light quality and light
 intensity will be  considered  in  this  section.

     Photoperiod.   Plant sensitivity  to photochemical air pollutants has
 been reported to  be  influenced by photoperiod.   Reports indicate that
 plants were  more  sensitive  to ambient oxidants and 03 when grown under an
 8-hour photoperiod than  either a  12-hour or a 16-hour regime (Heck and
 Dunning,  1967; Juhren et al,  1957; Macdowal, 1965).  The effect of photo-
 period is particularly  striking  in relationship to PAN.   Light is  required
 before, during and after exposure for the development of PAN injury
 (Taylor et al, 1961).  This photo-dependent relationship of bean and PAN
 injury was described in  detail by Taylor (1969).   Light affects 03 plant
 sensitivity  to a  lesser  degree.   Ting and Dugger (1968)  reported that
 cotton plants were no longer sensitive to 03 after a 24 hours  dark treat-
ment.  Longer pre-dark period (48 hours)  was needed for 0$ protection in
 pinto bean and petunia  (Taylor et al.» 1961).  With Virginia pine,  however,
 24 hours in  the light prior to 03 exposure protected seedling  trees from
 injury while plants that were kept in darkness  for up to 95 hours  suffered
 injury (Davis and  Wood,  1973).  Pots exposure light was  also found to
affect the 03 sensitivity.  Extended dark periods following 03 exposure
                                     35

-------
delayed the development of symptoms  in Virginia  pine,  until plants were
placed in the light (Davis and Wood,  1973).

     Light period-pollutant relationships  appear to  be sepcies  specific.
The mechanism of this relationship has  not been  identified and  it remains
an area requiring further study.  Carbohydrate level within the leaves has
been correlated with sensitivity (Dugger et_ al_,  1962).  Other possibili-
ties such as stomatal interference have been discussed but no conclusion
is yet available.

     Light  intensity.  Taylor ejt aj_  (1961) found in the pinto bean and
petunia  that sensitivity  to PAN was  increased by high light intensity
 (21.5  Klux)  before  PAN exposure, while  the sensitivity to 03 was increased
 by low light intensity  (8.5 Klux) before  03 exposure.  Generally, plants
 are more sensitive  to  63  when  grown  at  lower  light  intensities  (Ting  and
 Dugger,  1968;  Dunning  and Heck, 1973; Shinohara et  al_, 1974; Heck and
 Dunning, 1967).   An exception was Bel-W tobacco "(Heck, 1976).

      Sensitivity to 63,  as light  intensity changes  during exposure,  gen-
 erally increases with  increasing  intensity.   This was reported for  tobacco
 (Heck, 1976) and pinto bean (Dunning and  Heck,  1973) but the effect of
 light intensity (prior to and during exposure)  on  03 sensitivity was com-
 plicated by the interaction of relative humidity.

       Light quality.  The action spectrum of PAN injury to bean plants was
 studied  by  Dugger  et al_  (1963).  Maximal injury was observed at 420  nm and
 480 nm,  and less thTn half that at  640 nm.  The sensitive spectral ranges
 closely  resemble absorption  spectrum of  carotenoid.  Shinohara  et_ al_ (1974),
 working  with  tobacco, found  that the 03  injury was  at its maximum under  red
  light,  followed by green,  blue and  far-red lights  in decreasing order  of
  sensitivity.

       Temperature.   The temperatures in which plants are grown, exposed and
  kept after exposure,  are closely related to  plant  susceptibility  to pol-
  lutant injury.

       The plant susceptibility is influenced by day/night growth tempera-
  tures but appears to be species dependent.  Macdowall (1965) reported that
   tobacco grown  under a low day (210C) and high  night (32°C) temperature was
  more susceptible  to 03.  Ozone susceptibility  in Poa annua was greatest
  with 26°C  day/17oc night temperature  (Juhren  ejt aT7~19S7).  Again,  no
   general  trend  exists as pollutant  susceptibility  varies with  species
   (Heck,  1976).

        Using three  tobacco cultivars in Japan,  Shinohara  et  al  (1973) re-
   ported interactions  between 03  sensitivity, growth temperature, and post-
   exposure temperature.   Plants grown  at  23°C were  more  sensitive than at
   13bC.   Night temperatures had a greater effect on sensitivity than day
   temperatures.  High post-exposure temperatures accelerated symptom develop-
   ment but low post-exposure temperatures rendered  more severe injury.  While
   low post-exposure temperatures caused increased sensitivity in tobacco and
   radish, the reverse is true for Virginia pine (Davis and Wood, 1973) and
                                        36

-------
 white ash (Heck, 1976).

      The relationship between sensitivity and exposure temperature has
 been the subject of many studies.   This  relationship also  seems  to be
 variety or species  dependent (Taylor,  1973;  Heck,  1976).   Contradictory
 data cloud a clear  defination of this  relationship.   For example,  in pinto
 beans,  Heck et al_ (1965) found that increasing exposure temperature causes
 decreased foTTar injury.  Dunning  et_ aj_ (1974),  on the other  hand, indi-
 cated that increasing exposure temperature decreased foliar injury.

      Relative humidity.   Many of the studies  on  interactions  of  growth,
 humidity, exposure  humidity  and post-exposure humidity are summarized in
 a  recent review by  Heck  (1976).   In general,  there appears to be a posi-
 tive correlation between susceptibility  to 03 and  increasing  relative
 humidity.   Tobacco  and pinto bean  plants  were always  more  sensitive to 03
 when grown at 75% relative humidity (Heck, 1976).

      Exposure humidity appears  to  have a  similar relationship.   This is
 illustrated with Virginia pine  (Davis and Wood,  1973),  pinto  bean  and
 Bel-W3  tobacco (Otto  and Daines, 1969).   The  exposure humidity also inter-
 acted with pre-exposure  humidity  (Dunning and Heck,  1973;  Heck,  1976).

      Many of the studies involving  relative humidity  have  utilized  values
 at extreme ranges.  The  definition  of relative humidity-dose  responses in
 plants  has  not been worked out  within the realistic  ranges normally en-
 countered  in ambient  situations.  Moreover, these  studies were short-term
 in duration  without adequate statistical  designs.

      There  is  no conclusive  experimental  evidence  that  relative  humidity
 significantly  affects  susceptibility of plants to  PAN,  according to
 Taylor  (1974)  as long  as  conditions are such  that  the stomata remain open.
 However,  little  work  has  been done  in this area.

      Soil  factors

      Soil moisture.   Soil moisture  status prior to exposure is probably
 the  leaYt" controversial  factor  that affects the susceptibility of plants
 to pollutants.   Adequate  soil moisture is essential to maintain maximum
 susceptibility.  Tomato  (Khatami an  et a]_, 1973), pinto bean and tobacco
 (Seidman et  al.  1965;  Macdowall, 1965)  subjected to water stress prior to
 exposure w?rF~found to be protected from 03 injury.  Similar findings  were
 reported for beans and tobacco  in response to 03 and PAN.   Observations  of
 stomatal function showed  that 03 induced rapid stomatal c  osure in  water
stressed plants, while the closure  in plants  under optimal  water availa-
 bility was slow  (Rich and Turner, 1972).   Excessive soil moisture for  an
extended period  of time may  reduce susceptibility to 03 due to impared
root function  under oxygen deficiency (Stolzy et aj_» 1961J-

     Soil type   Plants grown in heavy  clay soils were less susceptible  to
0? than plants grown in vermiculite; similarly, plants grown  in clay
 loam were less susceptible than plants  in peat-perlite mix  (Seidman et. aj_,
                                     37

-------
1965; Heck and Dunning,  1967).   Low oxygen tension was suggested to be
one of the reasons for reduced  sensitivity.  Stolzy et al  (1961) reported
that the supply of oxygen to  plant roots  influenced tKe susceptibility  of
plants to oxidants.  Plants growing in  soils with an oxygen diffusion rate
of 16 to 24 x 10-yg.cm-2.min-l  were completely protected from PAN and 03
injuries, whereas at 34 to 90 x 10-8g.cm-2.min-l, plants were moderately
to severely injured by both PAN and 03.   This and a later  study by Stolzy
et al_, (1964) on the root zone  oxygen  reduction  in relation to apparent
photosvnthetic rate, carbohydrate concentration  and susceptibility to 03,
indicate that for plants subjected to  low root oxygen  supply, the  resulting
accumulation of leaf carbohydrates rendered  the  plant  protection from CU
injury.                                                                °

     Nutrition

   .  Sa1inity_.  Salinity  (use of multiple strength  of  macronutrients)  and
moisture stress  (by application of vacuum) were  found  to increase  the
resistance of sunflower plants  to oxidant injury (Oertli,  1959).   Yield
reduction caused  by 03 was reported.   It was found,  that under  high sa-
linity,  there was  a smaller  loss of bean pod yield  from Oo than with no
salinity  (Hoffmann et al_, 1973).  However, high  salinity itself greatly
HnfSfSS   P°?  Pi°dl/fnISx *hether or not °3 was present,   'in a recent report,
Hoffmann  et  al..  (1975) found that -200 R>a (kilopascals) gave alfalfa
protection from  03 with  no effect of salinity on biomass production.  There
 ipaf'rinn866"18 possibl*  that salinity might increase production of some
 leaf crops grown in polluted areas.
to Do,,chi+.          that were studied 1n their relation
et al  nS rS  i  Jl1^? "l^™ has rece1ved most attention.  Leone
etai_ J1966J reported  that  in  tobacco, nitrogen concentration that is

s'e sit v ?; Ttlo-^T 2?°  and  5'° ^ni^eTm  im fo
Ormrod et l\ Aw\*}*™\*   nutritional nitrogen  (ca. 60 and 300 ing/D
StuE%(d?J ip?lh!  3emonstra^d that higher nitrogen caused greater
      tud    ph                                    cuse
 reported  nfemna Trll^  i^f ^te^°3 treatment.   Similar results were
 Sowall (IS   n  M : lml  Conflicting  results  were reported by
 by both def ciencv (0 i N}  eHshowed ^at ^3 susceptibility was enhanced
  was  l-emed> °f so11 nutr1ents other than nitrogen
                                 S""- 1.ntet-act1ons bet«en these nutrients.
                                    -.v,,,.^ v'-iaiser, la/jj.  In these,  po-
                                    phosphorus concentrations while at high


                                      et_ a]_, 1972).   Increasing  zinc v/as


                                      38

-------
 found to correlate with increased 03 injury in pinto bean (Mcllveen et_ a_l_,
 1975).  Lemna plants growing on a nutrient medium lacking copper had sig-
 nificantly less 03 injury than plants grown on a complete nutrient media
 (Craker, 1971).  In this same study, Craker found no difference in Oo
 response with plants grown in nutrient solution varying from one-tenth to
 half strength.  This suggested that with balanced nutrient supply, plants
 may respond fairly uniformly to oxidant.

      Modification of fluorine toxicity in tomato plants by altering nitro-
 gen, calcium and phosphorus nutrition was reported by Brennan et al (1950).
 A deficient supply of these nutrients aided in preventing the aFsorption
 of a toxic amount of fluoride through roots or from fumigation.

      Deficiency in either nitrogen or sulfur nutrition was found to de-
 crease S02 susceptibility in tobacco and tomato (Leone and Brennan, 1972).
 An overabundance of nitrogen and sulfur tend to decrease and increase
 susceptibility, respectively.

      Genetic factors.   Air pollution susceptibility  is known to  vary among
 species,  varieties and  individuals.   Breeding  new air-pollutant  resistant
 varieties  has  been carried out on a  limited scale to  reduce  adverse
 effects  of air pollutants.

      A list of crop,  ornamental,  and forest species,  in  which  variation
 in sensitivity to various  pollutants has  been  observed,  was  given  by  Ryder
 (1973).   Lists of species  susceptibilities  to  0?  and  of  cultivars  responses
 to oxidants, 03 and PAN  were  given by  Heck  (1976).

      Pathogen  interaction.  A  summarized  review by Manning  (1975)  on  the
 interaction between the  effects  of air  pollutants and  plant  associated
 fungi, bacteria,  and  viruses provided  information in  this  sphere of re-
 search.  Plants  that  are injured  by  03  appear  to  be more susceptible  to
 invasion by facultative  parasitic and saprophytic fungi, while the 03-
 injured host tissues  tend  to retard  obligate parasitium  by fungi.  Ozone-
 injured leaves  of  potato (Manning et a]_,  1969) and geranium  (Manning et aj[,
 1970) were  reported as more susceptible to  Botrytis infection than non-
 injured leaves.   Experiments with obligate parasites showed fewer  infec-
 tions by urediospores, decreased hyphal growth, and uridiospore production
 by wheat stem  rust  fungus, when plants were exposed to 03  (Heagle and Key,
 1973a).

     Plant  responses to  oxidants in  the presence of pathogens were also
 studied.  Yarwood and Middleton  (1954) first observed that rust-infected
 bean and sunflower  leaves were less  injured by Los Angeles Basin smog than
were healthy leaves.  Generally, pathogen invaded leaves are less suscep-
 tible to 0/injury.  This was illustrated in rust-infected wheat (Heagle
and Key  1973b) and in Botrytis infected broad bean (Magdycz and Manning,
 1973).  It was suggested that the apparent protection may be due to some
diffusible substance emanating from the point of infection   Pinto bean
 leaves infected by common mosaic virus were also reported less sensitive
to 03 injury (Davis and Smith, 1974).  Kerr and Reinert (1968) found that
                                    39

-------
red kidney bean leaf areas infected  by Pseudomonas  are protected from  03 in-
jury.

       In connection to  the above discussion, it is interesting to note that
fungicide benomyl was shown to reduce Oo injury in  bean cultivars (Manning
et.al_, 1974).

       Field observations  showed that  leaf and needle diseases decrease  in
incidence near the source  of sulfur dioxide.  Sulfur dioxide was reported
to decrease the  incidence  and severity of bean rust and also affect the
size and percentage germination of uridospores (Weinstein  et al , 1975).   Ac-
cumulations of hydrogen  fluoride above the field level were"~foUhd to decrease
disease in  bean  and tomato (Manning, 1975).

       Pollutant combinations.  Combinations of two or more pollutants are
commonly monitored  in a  polluted atmosphere.  Menser and  Heggestad (1966)
first reported the  synergistic response  of tobacco plants  to combination of
S02 and 03.   To  date, a  great portion of studies on plant responses to mix-
tures of pollutants  is of S02 and 03 combinations.

       SQ2 and (h.  Menser and Heggestad (1966) first noted  that mixtures of
 ih and S&2 caused foliar injury  to  tobacco  at  concentrations which were non-
 phytotoxic when  fumigated singlely.  Ozone  and SO? synergism was also reported
 ^iNeas^ern whit?  pine 
-------
     In field studies on native desert vegetation, Hill et al (1974) did
not find synergism of plant injury in plants treated with NOy and S02 com-
binations.  Studies by Skelly et al_ (1972) of eastern white pine located
near a source of oxides of nitrogen and SOg were also non-conclusive of
the interaction of pollutant combination,

     Fluoride and S02.  Studying the influence of a sulfur dioxide and
hydrogen fluoride combination on the growth and development of citrus,
Matsuchima and Brewer (1972) reported an additive effect of HF and S02 in
Keothen sweet orange and no significant difference in linear growth in
HF and SO? applied singlely or combined.  Mandl et. a^ (1975) found that
growth of barley, corn, and bean shoots were also not affected by HF and/
or SO? treatments.  However, they reported that at low S02,concentrations
(0.06 to 0.08 ppm), foliar response of barley and corn was accentuated by
the combination of S02 and HF.

     Cultural practices.  The severity of air pollution injury and damage
to agricultural crops can be reduced by proper cultural practices.  The
understanding of the various factors discussed in this section of pollutant
interaction (Section B.2.), namely meteorological, edaphic,  genetic and
other factors can be applied in practices which change the susceptibility
of crops   A review by Ormrod and Adidipe (1974) presented suggestions in
this regard.  Cultural practices that can change pollutant susceptibility
are-  application of fertilizer, pesticide, herbicide and other chemicals,
irrigation, selection of resistant cultivars as well  as resistant crops,
and planting schedules.

     3.  Summary.

     Plant injury has been attributed to a number of  different air pollu-
tants, most notably ozone, peroxyacyl  nitrates (PANs). fluoride,  ethylene,
sulfur dioxide, and particulates.   The photochemical  oxidants (ozone and
PANs) are more widespread.  The other pollutants are  usually from industrial
sources and effects are more localized.

     Plant responses to air pollutants may be:   (1) visible  injury systems,
(2) growth responses, and (3)  metabolic changes, with resultant differences
in nutrition, flavor, etc.  The symptoms of aSute.1"Ju^h2y be character-
istic for a specific pollutant but may be produced by other  agents.   In
acute injury, necrotic patterns on leaves result from collapse and death
of cells.   Chronic injury is associated with chlorosis or other color
changes which may eventually result in leaf necrosis  or abscission and is
less characteristic for the toxic agent.

     Ambient oxidants in some  areas of the United States do  clearly cause
growth and yield reductions in some agricultural crops   Reported yields
in nonfiltered field chambers  were reduced compared with those in filtered
chambers by up to 50 percent for citrus, potato, tobacco and soybean, up
to 60 percent for grape  and up to 29 percent for cotton.

     Plant responses to  air pollutants are subject to variations  from
                                     41

-------
environmental  and genetic factors,  distribution of exposure to pollutant
and presence of pollutant mixtures.   There  is a distinct variation  in
susceptibility to air pollution among plant species,  varieties,  and indi-
viduals.

     Plant injury responses are a function  of  pollutant concentration  and
time, but the response to a given dose is frequently  greater  if  presented
in  a shorter exposure time.  Plants generally  are more sensitive when
grown under a short photoperiod, medium temperature,  and adequate soil
moisture.   Low  light  intensity increases sensitivity to ozone and decreases
 sensitivity to  PAN.   Plants grown at low temperature prior to exposure or
 under  dry  conditions  are more  resistant.  Usually high humidity increases
 susceptibility  to ozone.  Low  root oxygen and high salinity may reduce
 plant  growth  and ozone  sensitivity.  Ozone  and sulfur dioxide are most
 studied in pollutant mixtures, but in  some, NOg  or fluorides were  added.
 Plant responses have been varied.  Additive, less than additive and greater
 than additive effects have been reported.
                                        42

-------
C.  PRODUCTION ESTIMATES

     1.  General Problems,

          a.  Economic Yield Criteria

     For the purposes considered in this review, it would be desirable to
have crop production expressed in terms of the economically valuable yield
of the crop.  Unfortunately there is no uniform criterion for deciding
what constitutes yield among the workers, in various fields, who attempt
to find functional relationships between crop production and environment.
Of course this non-uniformity results largely from the fact that there are
different aspects of the crop-environment response being studied,   l-or
example, those investigating basic relationships in photosynthetic_pro-
duction often report production as net assimilation rate (g f-^day  J,
relative growth rate (g g-lday-1) or as C02 uptake (g m-2hr-l).   It would
not usually be advisable to use factors obtained in such studies to cal-
culate assessments of environmental effects on annual crop yields.  Never-
theless, such a procedure might be necessary when no other data  are avail-
able.

     If economic gain or loss is taken as the desirable criterion on which
to base production estimates, it is obvious that it is not easily applied
uniformly in experimental studies.  In determining air Pollution damage,
leaf injury estimates are the most common means of assessing the degree of
•iniurv  hut as has been pointed out more than once, economic loss  is not
always'closely related to  eaf damage (Brandt and Heck, 1968; Westman and
Conn  1976)   Bronzing of leaves or other superficial injury to  some leaves
could result in a complete economic loss of a crop such as lettuce without
causing measurable changes in leaf weight.  In other cases, the  assessment
of loss Sn the basis of visible leaf injury may, on the contrary,  over-
estimate the economic loss, since photosynthetic production from the total
leS surface of the plant is sometimes not required for full yie d    n a
study of defoliation effects on yield, for example, Jones |t al  (1955)
removed 50 percent of sugar beet leaves (at the 4th and 8th leaf stage) and
found no reduction in yield of roots or of sugar content.

     b.  Estimations

     The effects of environmental factors on crop yield may be defined by
correlating yield variations with variations in environmental factors.  This
approach canyaiso be utilized in defining the relationship with  diseases.
pests, and air pollutants,

     Crop yield is normally reported in terms of yield per unit  land area,
Estimates of the effect of an environmental variable on yield may  be ex-
pressed in terms of the amount of yield per unit change in the variable
Sr as the percentage yield increase or loss per unit change of the variable.

     It would be preferable to determine the effects of various  environ-
mental variables on crop yield by the use of properly constructed  controlled
                                    43

-------
environment chambers that keep all non-experimental  variables uniform.  Un

Hnnc !nS ^n  •    I ewojments are not representative of ambient  condi-
tions and experimental results from growth chambers  cannot be presumed  to
be valid for field  conditions.


                 Se W-Sn the atempt 1s made to determine the relationship


                                                                         ,
is toT«asirerexilt?no^h^ tC exPertata"y varying environmental  factors
impact on y eld res  o^nse J*"^":!?""" «nd..t.t1st1c.ll, test their

few of these are lined below:             ° 1S n0t Wlthout Problems-   A



^"ch is'hiuh'raTatio^and^in.': the f1eld' some ^nations of factors
especially If measurem^T^ ?  temperature often occur at the same time

 for  example, i  would not be DOSS  bTJ*? ^5 alm°St C0ntinual Sunsh1ne»
 radiation variations nSt included  in  thP ?  5T26 the effeCts °n yield
 then,  of unusually cloudy weather  iSulH   5SJed data Set>  The effects    ,
 equations.  Robertson (1974) indica?Pd th^ be P[edicted from the developed
 were changing in recent years makinan^-  Wiat^er Patte™s in Canada
 functions inadequate               9  Previ°usly developed yield predictive



 are  hard 't^measure q-ullfllHV;iv$hnfhfa(?^rs which can Influence yield
 selves and  also the influence on viP?H  ^ re?ard to the factors them'
 Pests are examples.  If thev a^ i«    ^  ^ Plant diseases a"d insect
 and  this  is subject to all the uncer?^n?J U mUSt be done by field surveyS
 (Anonymous, 1965).             uncertainties associated with that method


      2.  Field Surveys


      Field  surveys for estimating air po,lution-re,ated crop damage are
                                    44

-------
normally conducted by well trained crop survey reporters.  This method is
by  its  nature strongly dependent on the judgment of these survey reporters.
as  they make on-the-spot investigations of each air pollution episode,
usually based on visible symptoms (Waddell, 1974; Mill-Jean, 1971).   The
range of information in such reports, normally include:  county, location,
suspected pollutant, crop variety, acreage affected, data of incidence,
average percentage of each plant affected, average percentage of plants
affected, loss in quantity or quality, and estimated crop loss (Laccasse
and Moroz,  1969).

     Economic losses to an agricultural crop were extropolated from an
estimated yield loss, often using the "rule-of-thumb" (Milllean, 1971).
In  this, the observed visible injuries are related to yield loss by various
indices, i.e., 1 to 5 percent leaf injury resulted in 1 percent dollar
loss, 6 to  10 percent leaf injury in 2 percent dollar loss, 11 to 15 per-
cent injury in 4 percent dollar loss, and so forth.  In cases such  as
citrus and grapes in California, where experimental data are available
concerning productivity reduction as a result of photochemical smog, the
assessment estimates were adjusted according to the degree of ambient smog
(Millican,  1971).  In the event of total crop distruction, the loss was
sometimes calculated as the cost of replacement at the prevailing market
price (Pell and Brennan, 1975).

     The first state wide survey was made on an experimental basis  in
California  (Middleton and Paulus, 1956).  The survey covered four cate-
gories of crops (field, flower, fruit, and vegetable) and one of weeds.
Similar programs were established in Pennsylvania, New Jersey and New
England states.  In total, air pollution losses In Pennsylvania for 1969
were estimated at approximately $11 million (Weidensaul and Lacasse, 1972).
In New Jersey, $1.2 million was estimated as the losses on agricultural
crops and ornamental plantings in 1971 (Feliciano, 1971).  Similar  loss
(ca, $1.1 million) was evaluated for New England between 1971 and 1972
(Naegele et al, 1972).  It is interesting to note that great annual varia-
tions in estimated air pollution damage exist.  For example, a 98/0  re-
durtlon was observed ^Pennsylvania between 1969 and 1970 (ca  $ 1 million
and $225 thousand, respectively) (Weidensaul and Lacasse, 1972), a  8W re-
duction in New Jersey between 1971 and 1972 (ca. $1.2 million and $128
thousand, respectively) (Pell and Brennan, 1975).  As discussed prev ously
in I, B.2., various factors are responsible for the sensitivity of  plants
to air pollutants.  Among the environmental  factors, Pell and Brennan
(1975) attributed the reduction in yield loss mainly to the unusual rain-
fall pattern in 1972.

     3.  Production Functions

          a.  Environment-Yield Relationships

     Crop production has been related to weather data on many occasions.
The objective in these studies is in some cases to produce an equation
which will  estimate the yield effect of weather factors in any given year
(Thompson,  1962, 1963; Staple and Lehane, 1954a; Lomas, 1972).  At  other
time-studies have been designed for development of mathematical models
                                     45

-------
marily to studies of the former type.

     The field environment is generally characterized by complex variations
and  interactions among the climatic factors.  Therefore yields "nnot
usually be expressed in terms of functions with only one independent vari
able.  Mo?e  often a response function is obtained by multiple regression
of more  than one variable.

      Progress is being  made  in  the analysis of the complex relationship
 between weather and crop  development  and  crop yield  (Baier,  1973,  Stann;i n.
 1973; Shawcroft et al_,  1974).   Most of  the  studies relating  weather factor*
 to  crop yield can  be divided into one of  three groups  depending on tne
 approach used.  One approach has been the straight  forward  statistical
 analysis of  the growth or yield in terms  of weather data.   A second appro*
 uses  the soil water status or soil moisture estimates calculated from tne
 weather data and characteristics of the soil under consideration,   in tne
 third approach evapotranspiration estimates are related to yield,   comoi-
  nations of  these approaches are also used at times.

       Estimates from weather data.  Crop  yield has frequently been studied
  in relation to a  single  climatic  factor  with varying  degrees of success.
  Dermine and Klinck (1966)  attempted  to relate yields  of oats  in eastern
  Canada to precipitation or temperature.   They found low and not signuica
   correlations in the analysis.   Lomas and Shashoua  (1973)  reported the
  yield of wheat in three semiarid sampling areas of Israel  was linearly
   related to  unusual rainfall according to the equation:

                              Y = -27.2 + 0.599X

   with Y in  KG/1000 M2  and X in mm of rainfall.  The correlation coefficient
   was small  (0.154) but significant at  the  \% level.

        The production of three varieties  of corn grown for  forage during on
    season in Britain was separately related to accumulated  temperature,
    Ontario heat units or solar radiation by Phipps et_ al_ (1975).  Cubic re-
    gression  equations were developed for temperature, heat  units, and radia-
    tion  to predict  continuing dry matter production of each variety  during
    150 days  of growth.  An average of 94.9 percent of yield variation was
    accounted for by those variables.

         Staple and  Lehane (1954a)  determined  that the  yield  of  wheat in  f  .
     Canada over a number of years  was  fairly  closely  correlated  with precipi-
     tation.  Simple linear regression  accounted for  62  percent of annual  yiel

         One  of the most widely used methods of statistical  analysis of crop
     weather  relations was developed by Fisher (1924).  Fisher analyzed wheat
     yields obtained over 60 years at Tothamstad England by multiple  regression
                                         46

-------
 techniques.   The rainfall  of each  year  was  divided  into  61  periods of 6
 days  and was  fitted to a fifth-degree polynomial  on time.   A  trend variable
 was  included  for yield changes  due to non-weather causes.   Little correla-
 tion  was found between yield and rainfall.   Buck  (1961)  used  the same
 techniques  and data as Fisher,  but in addition  to rainfall  and temperature,
 a  term for  actual  transpiration was  calculated.   There was  still no signif-
 icant correlation between  wheat yield and rainfall  and transpiration, but
 when  the method was applied  to  sugar beets,  73  percent of annual yield was
 accounted for.

      Some of  the most  successful analyses of yield  and weather have been
 done  by Thompson (1962, 1963, 1964).  Using  annual  crop yield data from a
 number of states of the mid-west and Plains  areas of the United States,
 Thompson calculated equations by multiple curvilinear regression analysis
 for weather effects on annual yield  of  wheat (Thompson,  1962), corn, soy-
 beans  (Thompson, 1963) and sorghum (Thompson, 1964).  Standard weather
 data  were used  to  find averages in each state for monthly temperature and
 rainfall  during the growing  season and  preseason  precipitation.  A factor
 for trend due  to technologically related yield  increases was included in
 each  analysis.   In most of the  calculations, correlation coefficients were
 0.90  or greater.

      An example,  in Table  1  shows  the multiple  regression coefficients and
 constants found for the relation of  corn yields to weather  in Illinois,
 Indiana,  Iowa,  and Missouri  (Thompson,  1963).   It can be seen that regression
 coefficients vary  between states and only apply to the area for which they
 are calculated.

      Similar statistical analyses  have been  successful  when they were
 applied in semi-arid regions  (Gangopadhyaya  and Sarker, 1965; Lomas,  wti
 Lomas  and Shashoua',  1973).   In  India, Das and Madnani (1971) used multiple
 regression analysis  and  long-term  records of weather and yields.   The
 equation  derived for final yield (Y) of rice was:

                   Y  =  430 +  33.7 X2 - 49.7 X3 + 9.65 X4

where  X2  = the  number  of rainy days  in July; X3 = the number of times of
drought in August  and  X4 = the number of rainy days  during the last  half
of September.   The multiple  correlation coefficient  was nearly 0.90.   Sim-
 ilar  techniques were used for other rice growing areasJ^J"^*'  *^a*
found  that other weather elements were important as  predictors (Robertson,
 1975).

     Estimates  from soil nunsture status.   Since standard weather data and
multiple  regression analyses sometimes  have not adequately explained  crop-
weather relationships, some workers have designed  ways  of using  soi
moisture  to estimate crop growth and production.  Long-term soil  moisture
records are not  readily available,  and  therefore,  methods have been devel-
oped ?orest?Lt"ng soil moisture'from  standard weather data (Dale and Shaw,
1965;  Baier and Robertson, 1966; Baier,  1967J.

     Baier (1973)  concluded that "a realistic crop-weather analysis model
                                    47

-------
Table 1.  Constants (a values) and multiple regression coefficients  (b
   values) for years and weather variables and their relation to corn
   yields in five states (after Thompson, 1963).

Illinois
Indiana
Iowa
Constants (a val


xl
x2
X2
Xo
2
X4?
X4
X5
b2
X5
Xfi
D2
X6
X7
'2
X7
82
X8
Xg
Xg
x4x5
X6X7
X8Xg
Thn
-3072.84

.8069
1.0263
- .0134
-19.9559

-91.1648
.8194
3.4943
- .0562
17.2262

- .2354
3.6315
- .0316
107.0276
- .2296
92.6869
- .5818
1.1520
- .1665
-1.3963
-2454.18
Regression
.8605
.5248
- .0165
____

-39.9844
- .3249
8.5441
- .0781
52.7694

- .5343
12.5574
- .0786
104.2592
-1.6697
43.2209
- .2673
.5945
- .6065
-1,2351
-3223.10
Coefficients
.7045
3.7065
- .0773
« Bk_p.

-18.3570
.5067
48.0467
-.3464
-81.4565

1.6797
25.0782
- .1851
-8.7055
- .3593
22.7112
- .1697
.1597
.9431
.1598
Missouri
ues)
628.62
(b values)
.7012
- .6489
.0143
-12.0473

-79.6712
.5437
-24.1244
.1334
-40.1511

- .0247
16.4336
.0892
14.9916
.1427
41.4311
- .2680
.9905
.5496
- .2177
Ohio

-2269.80

.9472
3.1553
- .0637
w •* — —

-8.4442
.6745
16.3843
- .1186
-20.6316

-1.2751
-1.2856
- .0022
19.6940
- .5797
49.7832
- .3477
.0355
.4590
- .2021
     Mi QQnuv'  9Q  n   -•'-'•'"••" ••"  ••"• • «>'v-t. j. i i i uu ia o£. £.  inaiana  i/ .o.   IOW3
   Xi=year,  X2=preseason precipitation, X3=May  temperature,  X4=June rain,
   X5=June temperature, X6=July  rain,  X7=July  temperature,  X8=August rain,
   Xg=August temperature.

                                   °ne degree  of freedom is "sined to each re-

                                                                            «
                                        48

-------
must account for the daily interacting effect of at least temperature, soil
moisture, and an energy term."  For the "versatile soil moisture budget
of Baier and Robertson (1968), daily estimates of precipitation and evapo-
transpiration were required.  To calculate the soil moisture using the VB,
it was necessary to know the moisture tension characteristics of the soil,
and this was obtained by analysis of the particular soil throughout the
root zone,

     The soil -water balance method was found to provide a better estimate
of wheat yield than multiple regression on climatic data (Baier and Robertson,
1968).

     Using wheat yields from three regions of differing rainfall in Israel,
Lewin and Lomas (1974) analyzed the data by (1) multip e !^rf s}?n'  *>
principal components (Richard and Pochop, 1975; Kendall, 1957), (3) Fishers
method, and (4) by a soil moisture simulation technique.  The moisture
simulation technique gave the best results under all rainfall conditions.
Both the simulation mSdel and the statistical methods gave good results ; in
the arid zone  each accounting for more than 70 percent of yield variation.
The higher ?he rainfall amounts, the lower was the predictive accuracy for
all of the analysis methods.

     Estimates from pvapotranspiration.  Evapotranspiration (ET) is used
as an agroclLtic inde£ whilfec^ts for plant factors In addi  ion to
weather variables, and it has been wide y used to assess the effects of
water and energy supply on growth and yield.  ET has also been used to
estimate the consumptive water use of crops for determining when and how
much to irrigate (Haise and Hagen, 1967).

     Annual wheat yields and annual evapotranspiration among two sets of
field plots in Canada were curvilinearly related in a study by Staple and
Lehane (1954a, b).  The resulting curves corresponded to the equations.

                        Y = 0.26 M2 - 2.10 M + 8.7   and

                        Y = 0.40 M2 - 3.09 M + 5.63
tential ET.  The average deviation of yield estimates wa s« percent in
the first case and only 7 percent with the potential  ET included.

     Penman (1962) used ET values computed from climatological  data In
analysis™ of resell ^irrigation experiments in "^ernjngj.nd.  Ac-
cumulated dry matter production of fa«w« linearly related to ET over a
period of six years.  There were only small deviations trom tne si ope aue
to winter temperatures.
                                    49

-------
     A linear relationship was also found by Smith  (1960) for the relation-
ship between ET and hay yields in England from 1939 to 1956.  The equation
describing  this relationship was:

                       Y = 7.05 + 1,56 T + 0.27  N

where Y is  yield in hundreds of pounds per acre,  T  is  inches of ET and N
is the number of years after 1946,  The average annual deviation from the
predicted value was 2.1 percent.

     Grain sorghum was grown in irrigated experimental plots at Davis,
California. Stewart et al_ (1975) found that the annual  grain yield from
these plots was proportional to the seasonal total  of ET.   The regression
ot grain yield on total ET resulting  from various irrigation programs gave
the equation:                                              K

                           Y  =  541 + 144.8 ET

Y was  in KG/hectare and ET in  cm  of water.

      b<  Air Pollution  Loss Functions


 VpapJilnnS!CHi0-.iS  conc!rned with  Pollution-economic loss functions  for
 economic loss       cr°P-loss  functions which  can be readily converted to
              1t 1? "Si1  recognized that results  from controlled chamber
 nol 1 ,,nn n     5Ply dl!;ectly to field editions,  nearly all of the air
 env  ronS^S  fT tU"?H?ns have been derived  f™m controlled chamber
 197^   ?EL(e? H-— -• 1966; Heck and T1ngey»  1971' Westman and Conn«
 HnniMn     5   ' es SU"est that the ^sults,  at  least as general rela-
 u e2 inPviel5P }Ll° af1e?t f]Stt condit^^, and the functionShave been
 used in yield loss estimates (Millican, 1976; Benedict et a].. 1973).
 from acSte((?o68 h^fn" fr°!  7^ referenc« on percentage  leaf injury
 foTl9 kinds  of n^nf ^  rSne fumi9at1ons and calculated  response equations
 Tingey (1971)?  P         hese Were based on the equation of Heck and
                                         A2/T
  In hSuCrS-Ca=ndCAnCTa^nfi0f °3 in Pphmi  l is Percent response;  T is  time
  that are'specif^c fir Irtti**? Constants  (partial regression coefficients)
  used.    speciflc for Pollutant, plant species and environmental  conditions
   n thsndotnrudwnre ±7. t0 eC°n°TC yield remains obscure
                          ^S^ -cs^tKTr
                         or varieties as recorded  in several studies.  The
                                     50

-------
ratio of percent growth reduction to percent foliar injury average 1,17,
indicates a close correspondence.  However, among the 12 plants, it would
not be possible to relate the vegetative growth response to the yield of a
salable crop with the possible exception of tobacco.  The research with
ozone or other oxidants which would make it possible to assess economic
loss from leaf injury has not been done.

     In some work using plants fumigated with sulfur dioxide in small field
plots, the relationship between destroyed leaf area and yield was inves-
tigated for some crops.  The relationship was linear between the percent
of leaf area destroyed and yield as percent of control  for alfalfa (Hill
and Thomas, 1933), wheat (Brisley and Jones, 1950) and  cotton crop
(Brisley et, a]., 1959).  The equation for alfalfa was:

                           Y = 98.6 - 0.263 X

following a single fumigation and

                           Y = 96.6 - 0.754 X

after 3 fumigations, where Y = percent of control yield and X "Percent
of leaf area destroyed.  The amount of yield loss for  one percent foliage
destroyed varied from 0.26 to 0.62 percent for wheat and was reported as
0.68 percent for cotton.

     In what seems to be the only case in which an ozone dose-response
function has been made for a crop ^?er approximately  ambient field con-
dition, Oshima (1975, Oshima et al., 1976) nas developed a method for pro-
ducing crop yield-loss functiSFsTn relation to seasonal ambient ozone
level? at a number of sites in southern California.  The seasonal  03 doses
were calculaEeS fVom hourly averages obtained from Air  Pollution Control
District monitoring stations.

     Only one 
-------
    Oxidants
    Sulfur dioxide

       Emissions x  ^t^factor"  x  area x e51»o   = P°lluti°n potential
                                           y           (6 classes)

    Fluorides

       Emissions from various types
         of  large  single sources     = P°]]ution  potentials
                                       (4  classes)

The pollution potentials were used in these formulas  for calculation of
dollar loss:
       crop value x  crop sensitivity x         " = dollar loss
       ornamental    ornamental         pollution    . ,,
         value    x    sensitivity   x potential = d°11ar loss

     The pollution potentials were divided into classes such that in de-
 scending order each lower class was about one-half that above, i.e., class
 1 was about half of class 8 and double that of class 6.  The loss factors
 were also arranged in a given sensitivity class so that the factor for
 each lower class was half that  above, e.g., the highest loss factor  in
 class 8 was 0.400 and in class  1  was 0.200.
 m ^ A  *  -,"•    approximations and subjective  judgements were  used  in  this
 method of  loss estimation.  For example,  the relative sensitivities  of  the
 bb plant species used in the study were based on many sources  of informa-
 tion, and  in some cases, the sensitivity was not known or  represented sub-
 jective opinion.  The sensitivity indices were based largely on foliar in-
 nattp™ nfW^ ^ij1! 1nput from y1eld data-  The assumption that the
 pattern of the pollutant dose-yield response curve is the  same for each
 the iprfirl?« nS  JhlnS?urate'  There is no way P^sently available to test
 tinnc Sn Sy   4-u  ! X1 loss estimates.  With so many unverified assump-
 accuracy.               ValU6S obtained may not be presumed to have great


  the M1d2SrRl«»t1XnTf0I.!sses51ng damage  to vegetation was developed by
  the Midwest Research Institute (Liu and  Yu,  1976).   Five meteorological
                          or oxides of nitrogen  emitted  per  square  kilometer

      SollStSitlndlSniV; °f-the.tendency °f climatic conditions  to  concentrate
  C\\ ?n,iiro nf ^unn3.an a^-stagnation period.
                    "      °f thSMSA* a"um1n9  th^ a^a a^  circular.

                                                            ln
                                      52

-------
variables to account for weather effects were included in the function.
This method used pollution potential indices and data for value of vegeta-
tion and vegetation loss from the SRI study.  Coefficients were calculated
by step-wise linear multiple regression for 12 crop categories in 74
counties for which useable weather data were available.

     The equation used and the key to variables are as follows:

       CROPL. = a + b CROPV. + c TEMB + d TEMA + e SUN + f RHM + g DTS


                + f S02 + g OXID

where CROPL. denotes the economic loss (in $1000) of the ith type of crops
by county from the Benedict (SRI) study.

     Table 2 lists the variables used in the economic damage functions.
The damage functions resulting from the regression analysis are shown in
Table 3 for 10 crop categories using pollution severity indices.  The
numbers below the degression coefficients are standard errors with (*) in-
dicating that they are significant at the 1 percent level.

     Estimated economic damages from pollution for all crops were shown  by
Liu and Yu (1976) for the 74 counties where appropriate data were avail-
able throughout the United States.

     It aooeared that the model worked well for oxidant damage to vegeta-
tion " Shi hly si gnlficant correlation coefficients were obtained
for some of the multiple regression varnables.  Other variables appear to
be non-significant and have high variances.  JhJ 9r"*e;* JffIuleJSicj!
the model is the lack of an objective standard against which the calcu-
lated estimates may be compared.

     4.  Discussion

          a.  Agricultural vipld Loss Function

     The discussion emphasis will be directed to consideration of Jjethods
and data available for development of air pollutant dose-vegetation loss
functions.
     Tho for,,.: of attention will be directed toward California, and par-
ti culInythTselreis of the"state where the greatest pollution losses
occur.
                        considered first is, what is the best method  of
                         •{cultural yield resulting from air pollution?
       P most widelv used method for making crop loss assessments  has  been
       £S^
                                     53

-------
Table 2.  Variables used in economic  damage  functions  (from  Liu  and  Yu,
          1976).
 A.   Dependent variables - vegetation loss (in $1,000)
     CORNL
     SOYBL
     COTNL
     OVGTL
     NUSRL
     FLORL
     FRSTL
     FCROL
     FRNTL
     VEGTL
     TOCRL
     TOORL
     ALPLL
Corn grain loss
Soybean loss
Cotton loss
Other vegetable loss
Nursery loss
Floral loss
Forestry loss
Field crops loss
Fruit and  nuts loss
Vegetable  loss
Total crop loss
Total ornamentals  loss
All  plant  loss
  B,   Explanatory variables

       CROPV
       TEMB
       TEMA
       SUN
       RHM
       DTS
       SO 2
       OXIDE

       CSOo
The value of the vegetation in question (in $1,000)
Number of days with temperature 320F or below
Number of days with temperature 900F or above
Possible annual sunshine days
Relative humidity
Number of days with thunderstorm           3
Annual mean level for sulfur  dioxide  (ug/m ).
The  relative  plant-damaging oxidant pollution
   potential index
The  relative  plant-damaging sulfur dioxide
   pollution potential  index.
                                        54

-------
                              Table 3.   Economic damage functions on vegetation with pollution

                                relative severity indices ($1,000) (from Liu and Yu, 1976).
in
en

(1) CORNL
(2) SOYBL
(3) COYNL
(4) OVGTL
(5) NUSRL
(6) FLORL
(7) FRSTL
(8) FCROL
(9) FRNTL
(10) VEGTL
a
4.4
(32.1)
-2.2
(0.3)
-5.8
(6.9)
133.6
(58.5)*
-113.1
(300.2)
-616.4
(485.2)
-616.4
(485,2)
CROPV
0.001
(0.001)
0.003
(0.001)*
0.0063
(0.0002)*
0.006
(0.001)*
0.11
(0.02)*
0.10
(0.01)*
0.071
(0.003)*
520.5 0.003
(222.3)* (0.002)
-90.9
(281.2)
-308.7
(168.4)
0.061
(0.006)*
0.011
(0.002)*
TEMB
0.02
(0.04)
0.01
(0.03)
0.0006
(0.0094)
-0.03
(0.08)
1.12
(0.42)*
0.93
(0.57)
1.93
(0.70)*
0.28
(0.32)
0.83
(0.43)*
-0.33
(0.23)
TEMA
0.09
(0.10)
0.04
(0.07)
-0.054
(0.028)
-0.44
(0.22)
-0.19
(1.03)
-0.30
(1.41)
-2.33
(1.63)
1.17
(0.82)
0.43
(1.00)
-1.66
(0.64)*
SUM
-0.13
(0.35)
-0.04
(0.28)
0.067
(0.077)
2.02
(0.63)*
0.35
(3.27)
-0.79
(4.37)
5.20
(5.34)
-5.61
(2.44)*
-2.28
(3.18)
4.92
(1.80)*
RHM
0.16
(0.34)

0.03
(0.07)
0.10
(0.65)
-2.95
(3.26)
-6.7
(4.4)
-1.88
(5.22)
-3.26
(2.44)
0.28
(3.09)
1.05
(1.85)
DTS CS02
-0.041 6.73
(0,10) (1.84)*
0.05 3.58
(0.74) (1.49)*
0.03 0.05
(0.02) (0.40)
0.06
(0.21)
2.34
(1.02)*
3.03
(1.37)*
4.77
(1.71)*
-1.20
(0.77)
1.74
(0.98)
0.08
(0.60)
OXID
-0.85
(2.18)
0.24
(1.65)
0.57
(0.48)
97.73
(3.71)*
191.51
(33.09)*
356.3
(30.8)*
370.52
(30.71)*
54.07
(14.20)*
121.3
(18.02)*
136.02
(10.69)*
R2
0.28
0.26
0.98
0.96
0.90
0.93
0.96
0.35
0.82
0.89

-------
accuracy of the  final estimate of loss is hard to assess since there is a
subjective judgment  in  the initial estimate of percentage leaf damage and
another subjective judgment in relating leaf damage to yield loss.  Surveys
which have been  done also lack an organized geographical grid to be assessed
at uniform intervals.   Observations were made randomly over a years period
without standardization.

     The relationship between crop yield and  leaf injury induced by oxi-
dants has not been adequately defined.  There have some functions for yield
vs.  leaf damage produced  for crops fumigated  with sulfur dioxide  (Hill and
Thomas, 1933; Brisley and Jones,  1950;  Brisley  et aj_,  1959).  Problems
arise when these are applied because  of the mixture of oxidants and  502
present in affected areas.   Only  the  western  regions  presently have  a
single major pollutant (oxidant)  acting without an interacting sulfur
pollutant.

     The  surveys would be placed  on  a much more objective  basis  if crop
yield-leaf damage functions were  produced for the major crops even if  short
 duration  exposures  were used.   The application of such functions  would be
 difficult since enormous man power requirements would be involved and  the
 expense of implementing such a program with qualified observers  would  be
 prohibitive.  The outlay necessary to effectively monitor a large produc-
 tion region might not  be worth the assessments.

      The main drawback of Oshima's oxidant crop loss models is their spe-
 cificity.  Ozone  dose-crop yield models must be developed for each crop
 considered before any  assessments can  be made  for that crop,  This develop-
 ment is time consuming and expensive,  but alternative  procedures require
 the injection of more  subjective judgment.   Only one  ozone dosage-crop
 loss function for alfalfa  is presently available from this method.  There-
 fore, the method may have  good potential  for the future,  but the  inventory
 of  such functions must be  increased  in order for  it  to become highly
 useful.

       The  economic  damage function developed  by Liu  and Yu (1976)  for  pre-
  diction  of  vegetation losses  from air pollution appears to be  a  step
  towards  the desirable goal of including more of the significant  environ-
  mental  variables in the damage functions.  However, the method  has a
  number of inadequacies which limit its usefulness.

  incc fT9 th* 1naiequacies a™ the use of pollution potential  and crop
  loss figures from  the SRI studies (Benedict et al , 1971. 1973).   Therefore,
  daLaSalf1ST^SnCiiri-d °Ut Using  Va1ues obHi^d f™n a questionable
  data base.  The pollution potential and crop  loss figures are only rough

  SSflcfenS of"! mnlY  leadMt0  r°Ugh  est1mates in the analysis   Also  the
  the  croDftP,?LSOnin,i;anab^Suappear to  be not significant for most of
  more  appropriate;   ^  V3nableS  °r Sh°rter «•»  swmatlons might  be
   croDs^r'SlaPt^inn6,]1'"11'13110"5: est1mates °f vegetation loss  for the 10
   crops  or  vegetation classes may be calculated from the equations for
                                       56

-------
 counties where the appropriate weather and pollutant data are available.
 Most of the functions from Liu and Yu (1976) were derived for aggregate
 crop categories such as "other vegetables," "field crops," and "forestry."
 If one attempts to apply the model, a crop can be readily fitted into one
 of these categories, but in doing so one must take on the additional  un-
 certainty involved in the assumption that all crops in the category re-
 spond in the same way to each environmental variable of the function.

      One of the goals in this report is to devise a method, or methods,
 to incorporate weather and other environmental  influences into crop pro-
 duction functions.

      We have found essentially no data for crops  in California which  show
 weather factor-yield relationships.   Such equations may have to be  devel-
 oped as needed from the available crop yield and  weather data.

      It was  noted  previously in this  report (V, C, 3,  a) that yield may be
 correlated with (1) direct weather data,  (2)  calculated soil  moisture
 status, or (3) evapotranspiration.  The regression against direct weather
 data would be  the  first choice of methods because it is the simplest
 whether annual  or  shorter  time averages  are use.   The  use of curvilinear
 regression seems desirable especially  in  an area  where supraoptimal tem-
 peratures  are  common  as  in many parts  of  California (Thompson,  1964).

      The correlation  of  yield  with soil moisture  status  has  been more
 successful than direct  use of  weather  data  under  some  conditions (Baier
 and  Robertson,  1968), but  it requires  a prior study of soil  characteris-
 tics  in the  area of interest and  might  lead to too  much  complexity.   In
 addition,  the  bulk of California  crops are grown  on irrigated land  and the
 soil  moisture methods were  not designed for that  condition.

      The use of evapotranspiration for correlation  with yield might be
 best  to consider if weather data  alone are insufficient.

      If multiple regression analyses of crop yield  in  terms of weather
 factors are done in an area where air pollution damage occurs, it would no
 doubt be advisable  to include  the air pollution level as one variable.
 This would be possible only in those areas where sufficient data on pol-
 lutant levels is available.  It may be feasible to take advantage of var-
 iations in pollutant levels of different regions,  as was done by Oshima
 et. a]_, (1976), in order to obtain sufficient data  to include pollution as
 a variable in the analyses.

     Research studies have provided an understanding of many of the  basic
 relationships between the most important environmental  variables and the
 growth and yield of crop plants.  It must be concluded, however, that
 there is almost no data base available which can be used for an objective
assessment of the influence of these environmental variables on yields of
a major portion of the crops and vegetation in one agricultural  region
such as California.  There are methods  available which  can be, and  to  some
extent, are being  used to generate data for more objective assessments.  It
                                    57

-------
may be necessary or desirable  to  continue using the less objective models
for assessments and analyses until more objective methods are available.

     b.  Bayesian Approach to  Incorporating  Prior  Information in  Response.
         Functions

     Throughout this section,  it has been  stressed  that the  basis of any
analysis of pollution effects  on agricultural  production is  an  estimated
response (or production) function with the relevent pollution  indices as
explanatory variables.  However, a daunting range of problems  in empirical
field  experimental results have been raised,  Thus the currently available
empirical  results  need additional information on  the relationships before
they  can be used  in a comprehensive economic model.  This additional in-
formation, or  prior information, may take several forms:  (a)  Constraints
on the sign or range  of coefficients to ensure "feasible" projections or
 resolve multicol linearity problems, (b) Prior distributions on the value
 of some or all parameters based on data from similar experiments, or (c)
 Prior distributions on  the value of some or all of the parameters based
 on the subjective opinion of  "experts" in the area.

      While applied statisticians often subjectively  influence  the outcome
 of their analysis based on their theoretical expectations,  the Bayesian
 !ii£!nn K   J    i  ^  °f Prior J'ud9me"t  explicit  and formal as well  as
 allowing  the formal  inclusion of a  wider  range of  prior  information than
 the traditional classical  approach.
      fe|Jheor^.  Bayes theory utilizes  the  definition  of conditional
  probability to show the relation between:

      Prior information on a parameter - P(Q)

      Information on e  -P(y/0)

      The posterior distribution on 0  -P(0/y)

  that is   P(Q/y)  . p(e) p(y/0)U)


  loss fulctiof ovprethl°n  *l °.can be obtained by minimizing an appropriate
  terlor Is iiSt?1but2 nS±?i10r d1stributi°n.  For example, if the pos-
  same po nt estimate  as S^ * qXaSr atic loss functi™  will lead to  the
       v  ^ estimate  as that obtained from a classical least squares approach.
       Prior Probabilities   Thp fioKat-c,  i,,  +u    ,. ^-                     ~v
  the merits of the feavp^l^ ^ ™*T!.ln  *V?  statistical  literature over
  corporation of subjective nnSI..  '!*ls,?i!l]^1ve!. since  the.!°^al  1P"
                                                                         as
those based on  frwinenrw 3L*  OTT^el"le'  by an expert are as admirable as
terms, but frl the n  rspect?^ S"  S debatable in classical statistical
the ideal  experimental  rSle    ka d!(rlsion maker who cannot wait for
is thus bestuser?n anTxD feu ^JHeft1Ve1informat1on has ^ be used, and
	       n exP'lclt and formal statistical manner.


 (1)  Where the symbol  « means  "proportional  to"
                                       58

-------
      An  empirical  examination  of alternative methods of obtaining priors
 may  be found  in  Winkler  (1967).

      Operational Problems.  A  significant problem in implementing a Bayes
 approach  to multiple variable  response functions with n variables results
 from the  n dimensional integration implied by the formation of the poster-
 ior distribution.  This  computational problem may be reduced if the prior
 distributions belong to  a class of "natural conjugates" that may be com-
 bined analytically.

      An example of the use of prior information in a Bayesian manner to
 estimate  a production function is in Zellner and Richard (1973).   A com-
 prehensive theoretical treatment of Bayesian estimation may be found in
 Zellner (1971).

      The  review of the literature on physical  factors  and  agricultural
 production functions suggests that prior information will  be needed  to
 derive meaningful relations and that the^Bayesian  approach is  the  most
 logical  and rigorous way  to incorporate it.

      5.   Summary

      Methods  of estimating crop production  in  relation  to  environmental
 factors were  discussed with regard  to  problems  encountered,  field  survey
 methods,  and  the use of statistically  derived  production functions.

      General  problems.  Much  research  data pertaining to crop growth or
 crop  injury is of limited uses  because it is not expressed in units which
 are transformable to economic units.   Frequently used growth measurements
 such  as relative  growth rate  (g g-lday-1) and net assimilation rate (g m *
 day-1) are almost exclusively relevant to scientific interests   In other
 instances  there  are described effects  of environmental vanab es on growth
 or injury  of one  portion  of a plant, such as leaves, which bear an unknown
 relationship to  the marketable  products of the plant which may consist of
 seeds or  roots.

     There are difficulties in  determining environmental variable-yield
 relationships  because in  the field there are a number of factors influ-
 encing yield which  cannot be individually controlled and in the various
 controlled facilities, ambient conditions cannot be duplicated.

     Existino  outdoor variations of environmental  factors can be analyzed
 statistical??  ?o estimate their influences on jljld responses,  but here
 also,  there are some problems.  Some of these may arise beeau" of.  (1
 factor interactions, (2)  correlations between f"tojf•  J^  ^*«'°"s in
 the range  of variables of regression .ana yss,,  or (4) un«^ainties where
quantitative measurement  of factors is  difficult,  e.g.,  diseases.

     Field surveys   The field survey is a method which  has been used  for
estimatinq crosses resulting from air pollution.  The estimates which
are Eased9on?he judgment  of trained observers.  A  state-wide survey was
                                    59

-------
first made in California (Middle-ton  and Paulus, 1956} and surveys were
used later there and in other states.

     Production functions.   Crop  yield  has  been related  to weather  variables
on many occasions by functions usually  derived from multiple  regression
analysis  (Baier, 1973; Stanhlll,  1973).   In a few instances,  regression on
a single weather variable has been successful  (Phipps  e£ al_,  1975;  Staple
and Lehane,  1954a).  Most studies have  related yield  to  direct weather
data, calculated soil moisture content  or evapotranspiration, or have
used  combined approaches.  Nearly all  reports  have analyzed  yield in areas
where the water supply was by natural  rainfall.   Field grains are the
crops most  frequently studies.  The reported amount of yield variation
accounted for in terms of weather factors has  been variable, less than 1
percent to  greater  than  90 percent in many cases.  There is  some evidence
 that  the accuracy of  the analyses is greater in regions of lower rainfall
 (Lewin  and  Lomas,  1974).

      Air pollution  loss  functions.  There  is little experimental data  from
 which objective air pollution loss functions can be made.  A  number  of air
 pollution-plant damage functions  have been derived from controlled  environ-
 ment studies in which the  percentage leaf  damage was recorded following  a
 single exposure (Heck and  Tingey, 1971;  Heck, 1976).  The relationship
 between leaf damage and yield is  little  understood, but  it  has been studied
 tor  some crops exposed to  sulfur dioxide (Brisley et_ aj[,  1959).

      A method has been developed for producing crop  loss-ozone dose functions
 under field conditions using ambient ozone variations  at different sites.
 1976)r    °Se C0nversion Sca1e for  alfalfa has been  published (Oshima et. al»
            - °f Station due to air pollution in the United States were
            in a study by Stanford Research Institute (SRI) (Benedict et aT.,
           h^    Su ° cal^ulate losses used estimates of pollutant levels
           K!Car5°n> SUlfur dioxide and fluoride emissions in the most
  som, 5nS «;h   Cr°P sensitivity factor was derived from visible
  vo^ed S ?nd '^.sources With a number of subjective assumptions 1n-
  wh ch uses th?Snl0n anal^-S m°del WaS devel°Ped by Liu and Yu  (1976)
  from the SRI  ct H  P  5Kei;s;tlV1ty fact°r and calculated pollutant levels
  oroloSical variahiL Ut ha?«lculated regression coefficients for 5  tnete-
  base was offered     " WSl1'  N° mod1fication of the questionable SRI  data
                                       60

-------
                                  SECTION VI

                FARM STRUCTURE, PROFITABILITY AND RISK CHANGES
                    DUE TO AGRICULTURAL CROP YIELD CHANGES


      While we recognize that not all air pollution effects 1n agriculture
 are adverse, 1n this and subsequent sections we are formulating  a  frame-
 work in which we assume that air pollution adversely affects  crop  yields
 and increases the marginal cost of production.   Thus, we may  expect
 subsequent changes in production patterns and 1n farm firm profitability.
 From a theoretical perspective the problem is one of how farmers adjust
 to technological  external  diseconomies imposed  by air pollution.

      In modelling this adjustment problem we are confronted with three
 general methodological alternatives:  (A)  programming models of mathema-
 tical  optimization by "representative" farm and  aggregated region; (Bj
 simulation model  with production  function;  (C)  regression estimation of an
 aggregate farm production  function  or aggregate  profit function.  The
 strengths and weaknesses of each  general  approach will be discussed as
 well  as specific  modifications  of each approach.  Particular attention ^
 will  be focused  upon  extending  the  models  to account  for risk Inherent in
 farmers'  decisions due to  factors  such as  air pollution, weather, changes
 in consumer tastes, and combinations  thereof.

      Before proceeding, it  should be  understood  that we are building upon
 yield  response functions derived from previous research or estimated in
 Section V.   What  is required are sufficient  functions that re ate the
 incidence and magnitudes of air pollutants  (and other physical factors,
 including interaction  effects) to crop yields.  The importance of other
 factors  (fertilizer, water, pesticides, etc.) depends on  the substituta-
 bility  of physical inputs.  For example, if yields are reduced by air
 pollution  damage,  fairs may respond by planting more acreage,  hence
 increasing  use of  the  aforementioned inputs.  The est1m^ed response
 functions  become the basis for forming input-output ^efficlentsd) relating
 the use of each input  to a unit of output of each farm activity.


11) This is not to be confused with input-output coefficients  in  "INPUT-
    OUTPUT" analysis  the subject of III,A.  In  1-0 analysis,  an  Input-
    oul  I c SffS MloS the a^unt of o^put fro? one  sector required
    per unit output in a given using sector.  (Converted  to value terms,
    It shows ?he value of output from one  industry required to produce  a
    dollar's worth of product in another industry}.
                                    61

-------
     A.   MATHEMATICAL OPTIMIZATION MODELLED BY REPRESENTATIVE  FARM AND
         AGGREGATED REGION.

     The use  to which we put our matrix (array) of input-output coefficients
depends  upon  the  specific research questions we want to answer.  In this
section  we will consider programming models which are typically comparative
static and conditional normative.  That is, they are usually concerned with
single time periods and tell the researcher what "should be* rather than
"what is" or "what will be".  Extensions of the models to make them multi-
period and thus  predictive will also be mentioned.

     The structure of  Section A will be as follows:   (1) general description
of linear programming  (LP);   (2) outline of a  simple  LP model of "repre-
sentative" farms  in  Yolo  county, California;   (3) use of LP to derive
aggregate (regional,  statewide,  or  national)  agricultural supply;   (4)
methods  of accounting  for risk  in LP modles;   (5) Incorporating air pollu-
tion effects into programming models.
      1.  LP in General(2)

      LP  is primarily an allocation model  that can  solve  simple  to  very
 complex  problems of optimization.   For example,  1t can solve  a  profit
 maximizing problem for the individual  farmer and a welfare  maximizing
 problem  for a social system.  It must have at least three quantitative
 components: an objective function capable of being maximized  or minimized,
 alternate methods or processes for attaining the objective, and resource
 and other restrictions.
    The basic LP assumptions are  (1)  linear  production  relationships
    ™00"?*??* inPut-°^Put coefficients);   (2)  the  linear  relationships
    nequalities (a productive activity can  use  less  than or equal  to,
        °e  +?n' the ™ounts of resources  available);   (3) a  linear
           hplnl0"' J4l ;tructuiral relationships must be specified (as
nri,    «   ?  9 !?t1.m!ted 1n an econometric model);   (5) additivlty (total
Perfect dv^ihiUr 7^ equal the sum of  individual activities);
A  <£?t 5   +u ^visibility of inputs and outputs;   (7)  flniteness (there is
th I can be rnnHH.erHf a]*rnat1ve activities  and resource restrictions
  t    can be rnnHH.H
  1-0  cSffiHeS!  nHrl; ^]  3^l^&^ exoectati ons  (resource supplies,
  i  u  coeTTicients, prices known with  certainty).  Obviouslv  there are
                 '1                   these «U*XiS1~'tS  abstract.
      References: Heady and Candler (1964), Baumol  (1965).
                                      62

-------
     2.  LP Model of a Farm;   An Example

     A good example of the use of LP 1n a  static environment Is a study

^%^«te ffil?Ki.to^f .S^*1'
as to resource availability (particularly  capital and  ^or),  nstitu-
tional arrangements (land tenure system and  acreage ^^"^tlnn
yields and prices (normal, 1n this study), and  efficient production
techniques.  Given that Yolo  County is a fairly homogeneous farming areaW.
four typical size (or "representative") farms were fleeted to represent a
reasonable array of alternatives.  These were also defined on the basis or
soil type, machinery, operating capital, and rental contracts.

     Among the data requirements for this  study or any other farm planning
model using an LP format are  prices of inputs (i.e, variable costs) and
outputs, yields, fixed land and machinery  costs, and per acrfam^"inery
power requirements for each crop and time  period (within a season).


(3) The basic LP model used by Dean and Carter  1n matrix notation:

           maximize  Z = P'X
           subject to:  A X <. b
                          X >.0
    Where:  P is an  nxl vector of (discounted) net returns resulting
              from a one unit Increase In  the Jtn activity.
            x i
-------
          and*CS^5r apcounted for the possibility of pronounced yield
                                                  is -"
     3'  Aggre9ate Supply Response^) Modelled by "Representative" Farm







demand,  or  crooolna natt*™ 3,   I  objective), resource allocation, resource
standard^  Cr°Pplng pattern due to varying parameters such as air pollution
                       sgVe             1J natUr?' 1«e- the* take
several  crops competing fo? iSn    Si!  Presents problems when there are
alternate  lePve?nraS9r1c2ltu?a?'suSi !!!' «hl?rects On1consumers of
cannot be  measured. aancuilural  suPP'y as well as supply Instability
of supply^iSroStfmal SSlSSSl"?  1S  S ;°f:mat1ve to01 • Programing models
poor predictive tools   A si  Shtli°U    •  Sh°Uld ^ Eut are 9e'erally  h
1s that of aggregat on bias  9?hl?     S in)P?rtant Problem with th1s approach
to represent  the^upSly resoonlS of S "Iodell1n9 "representative" farfns
that differs  from that which  m nhJ  h9  °^S,°f fams m* 91ve a solution
                            m n          ,
separately.   Nevertheless  there aVh*!"6^ modell^9 every farm
bias.  Day  (l9G3a) propoed three suf??cS °f 3 J!m1z1n9 aggregation
aggregation  (for referenced on nn+!*i    1ent Cond1tions for unbiased
input-output Mtrlcs (Ihe A SStriJf^fpf n f°0t:?te (2) ):  ™ identical
net returns  vector (the P vector!-  '^   }  Pr°P°rt1onal variation in the
vector of restraints (?he b^tor^  ( I hpr°P°rtl°nal variation in the
to criticism.  Miller (1966) Ind Lee hSS? "nditions have been subject
(2) and (3)  are unnece sari y restrict vf ifaV6DSh?Wn that Conditions
                          ny restrictive  while Paris and Rausser (1973)


                                            Can be found ^ Nerlove and
                                    64

-------
 have suggested a framework for dealing with nonproportlonallty in  the net
 revenue and resource vectors as well as the matrices of technical  co-
 efficients.  If Paris'  and Rausser's suggestions are correct,  the  researcher
 can avoid the time consuming and costly collection and assembly of data
 for a large number of individual farms.

      The commonly used  procedure for making programming models of  supply
 response more predictive is that of recursive programming (RP)(o).   RP is
 essentially a synthesis of regular LP (thus 1t has a linear objective
 function and linear constraints) and regression analysis of time series
 data.   The predictive capabilities of RP are due to the use of flexibility
 constraints which are usually estimated by regression  techniques.   Maximum
 and minimum flexibility constraints represent upper and lower  bounds  on
 allowable changes in the level  of each enterprise in the programming
 solution from one year  to another.  That 1s, these constraints  relate
 the production pattern  of one year with that of the preceding year  under
 the assumption that a farmers'  current production decisions are deviations
 from the allocation pattern of the preceding year.   There are  many  factors
 that may cause a farmer to be unwilling to make large  changes  in his
 established production  patterns:  risk and uncertainty  due to demand factors,
 weather, other physical  factors  such as pollution!/J,  institutional
 restrictions  (acreage allotments,  for example),  or simply personal  prefer-
 ences  related  to firm goals.   Flexibility constraints  Indirectly measure
 the Influences  of these factors.

     Since  the  predictive accuracy of RP  models  rests  on  the estimation
 of  the  flexibility constraints,  there has  been  appropriate_attention  to
 this matter In  the  literature.   Alternative  methods  of estimation have
 been proposed  by Schaller and Dean (1965).   More  recently Sah1 and
 Craddock (1974)  have  criticized  previous  studies  for Ignoring the effects
 on  flexibility  coefficients of year-to-year  changes  in  specified economic
 and noneconomlc  variables.  They proposed  an  alternative  approach to
 Incorporate such changes  and  found that the  predictive  performance of
 RP  models was enhanced.

     Before proceeding  to  the problem  of accounting  for uncertainty, the
 possibility of utilizing a multiperlod  framework should be brief y mentioned.
At  the  firm level, multi-period LP models  (MLP) attempt to describe the


 (6) Day  (1963a;  is a good general  reference for RP.

 (7) The  use of flexibility constraints with RP might b%•PP"6* *°  *[«
    air pollution problem.  For example, suppose we want to predict the
    consequences of alternative standards upon regional agricultural
    supply.  Furthermore, suppose we have abatement technologies that are
    Improving over time.  Aside from the question of the costs  of alter-_
    native abatement technologies (which can be modelled in a cost  minimiz-
    ing LP framework), we could use flexibility constraints to  place bounds
    on-allowable year to year changes in the magnitudes of particulate
    pollution In a given air shed.
                                    65

-------
                              wssr s'sa St3s.




            and W^nnr™?   ferat1cn was the w«tlands Water District
                '                                           '
    4'  Meth°dS  of Accounting for m,i, fl.ors1on in Farmprg.  npfHHftr>B
                                  at farmers must make
that
air polio   n  cro
has a certain utility for
tlons of Savior
sive
major factor account
behavior o? Ind^Sa
farms, has led to both
in enterprise choices


       "
                                       reasons to 1^'^ r1«k aver-
                                      r1sk 1n Lp "dels has been a
                                      between ^ actual and Pred1cte5
                                       a99re9at1on of "representative"
                                                    (Kennedy and
(9) In fact Lin,  Dean and Moore  (1974^ et,,H^H e4  ,
   and found profit maximization to L f 5 e? s1x large California farms
   maximization  and lexlcowaihlc StJ?-J  en?r to Bern°ullian utility
   explaining the
        r^                                      The specification
      a profit maximizing goaf!       g    1Uy 1s theoretically superior
   to a profi
                               66

-------
      In  the  first approach, quadratic programming^11' (that incorporates
a quadratic  objective function) has been a popular technique for directly
deriving  the expected Income-variance (E-V) frontierU^.  The use of
the E-V  criterion is equivalent to maximization of the expected value
of an exponential utility of income function if income is normally dis-
tributed  (Freund, 1956).  If a utility function is specified, the optimal
decision  is  specified by the point of tanqency between the E-V frontier and
the highest  utility locus in E-V spaced3).  In the absence of a utility
function, the decision maker himself must select a point on the frontier.
Applications of this approach Include W1ens (1976) in which the impact
of yield  uncertainty in peasant agriculture is examined.  Wiens is also
concerned with the uncertainty faced by peasant farmers regarding the
future impacts of new technology.  Farmers in regions of heavy air pollution
may be facing an analogous situation.  They are confronted, in current
time periods, with the adverse effects of pollution.  In future time periods
they are  facing uncertainty regarding abatement technology and the poli-
tical decisions necessary to Implement such technology and enforce
standards.

     Hazell  (1970), among others, has utilized a game theoretic approach
1n a risk programming framework In which the classical decision ru es of
game theory are applied.  Basically, in this approach all competitive
forces and uncertainty facing farmers are specified components of  nature ,
The farmer then is playing a game against nature.(he can win or lose;
when he decides on enterprise choices.


(11) The basic QP model:

          suEjectVAVi b, I.e. same production system as 1n LP
          and  f'x » X,   x >. 0

             D6= vaHance-covarlance matrix of enterprise gross margins
             f = a column vector of gross margin forecasts

                                     of efficient E-V solutions is obtained;
                                      the variance V 1s  as small  as possible.

(12) How and Hazell  (1968)  and Stovall  (1966)  have also  suggested the QP
     approach.





     &" e«ed U  op    d  io nSmally  distributed)  outcon« distributions
     and when good quadratic algorithms  are unavailable.
                                    67

-------
     OP has  several  advantages over the game theory approach among which
are: (1) QP  can  specify a series of farm plans whereas the game theoretic
approach is  rigid  for  any given decision criterion; (2) QP takes explicit
consideration of the covariance relationships of gross margins; (3) QP is
able to incorporate  any probability distribution for state outcomes.

     The third approach assumes that the probability of some critically
low value or worse of  expected net returns (total gross margin) is deter-
mined along  with the expected value of net returns.  This 1s usually termed
a safety-first approach.  Boussard (1971) and Boussard and Petit (1967)
propose focus loss constrained programming (FLCP) as linear alternatives
to QP   They conceive  of farmers' behavior as maximizing expected income
?«5™   ?h* pPrDlf1ed Pr?b?b11ity of attaining some minimum level of
Income.  The ^ FLCP  approach  1s defended on the grounds that 1t produces
farm plans similar to  those actually implemented.  A more general defense
aLprlii.P5v^?\?r  any I1nearu alternative is that LP algorithms are
£ h£w ^  K? -6  toMreSearchers whereas appropriate QP algorithms may
elpH^iv ?h! I!1?'  Moreover« the QP approach has extensive data demands,
especially the variance-covariance matrices of income.
        unnn0^!3?1'  ?e  ^Peclf ication of the admlssable loss constraints
of aaPS??nn J          subjective local knowledge.  Thus, as the level

for different locales.'  *°     ^ ^ °f °bta1n1ng ne<*SSary
and pSu^nnS?^""?^ i(1?75)  ?uggest a modification of the Boussard
and petit approach.   The latter  1s actually belna used in an aaarpaate

PtuW^e1as&
Petit SDecifvthP m5n?^  1Cat ?? 1!  technical 1n nature: Boussard and
»«5 5 spe^lfy t"!6 Animal  possible Income level as a constant- Webster
-^L&-^
      1ng         -t               «1ten"t1w m** of   corpora-
      Ing for r Sk MewloS^i™ /T T?dels w1th  the Intention of account
      model.       aversl°n »mong Australian  farmers  In the aggregate
                                    68

-------
empirically applied by Rae  (1971).  Without going Into excessive detail,
the discrete model may be valuable 1n the specification of utility functions
as objective functions and  the Incorporation and evaluation of new Infor-
mation.  This method sounds appealing in the sense that new Information
on both the effects of air  pollution on crop yields, and farmers  reactions
to it, will become available over time, thus necessitating the updating of
any economic model.

     A regional model of this type could be developed based on "represen-
tative" farms, altnougn data collection (of decision dates, subjective
specification of probabilities for different states of nature in addition
to normal LP data requirements) would be time consuming and expensive
Also as the number of Individual "representative" farms needed to model
the region grows, the dimensions of the problem become vast.  For example,
Input-output coefficient matrices would have to be constructed for each
state of nature in time period 1.  Then, depending upon the actual out-
come in period 1, period 2 matrices would have to be constructed that were
conditional upon the outcome in period 1.  This 1s the sequential nature
of the problem.
         Incorporating Air Pollution Effects into the Programming Model
     5.

     In this section we will start with a simple example of how the effects
of S02 on wheat might be incorporated Into an LP model.  ™!™!"L^' ts
we will mention the advantages of parameterizing the technical coefficients
that relate pollutants to yields and the use of such Parameter zat on to
derive efficiency frontiers relating expected Income to pollution levels.
           u    +j  +•   are snpcific 3s to SOT i  type>  This means tnat




problem.
     A specific row 1n the A matrix (see footnote 3 for notation) appears
as follows:


(15) Or at least Information on plant growth that can be converted to  a
     yield per acre basis.

(16) Alt.rn.t1v.1y we can loo* at three geographic regions  classified  as
     high, medium, and low pollution regions.
                                    69

-------
        allxl  +  312X2 +  ......  + alnxn  ^  b°

For example,  1f  b°  1s the total amount of land available for cultivation
on a farm in  our particular region of Interest, and xi represents the
production of one unit of wheat, then aj} is the Input-output coefficient
relating the  quantity of land  that is required to produce one unit of
wheat.  Similarly X2 might be  sugar beets and ai2 is the amount of land
required to grow one unit of sugar beets.  The Inequality means that the
farmer cannot use more  land than is available to him.

     Now suppose that  the farm land 1n question is composed of two soil
types, A and B.   In programming, wheat produced on type A soil, wheat
produced on type B soil, sugar beets  produced on type A, and so on ----
must be specified as different activities  (or processes).  Thus, wheat
produced on soil type  A with  a high concentration of S02 would be speci-
fied as one activity or process.   Each process  1s represented by a vector
of  Input-output coefficients  (or per  unit  resource  requirements).

     Thus, we might have six processes for wheat:

            Type A soil, high S02   = xi
            Type A soil, medium S02 = x2
            Type A soil, low S02    = xs
            Type B soil, high S02   = X4
            Type B soil, medium S02 = X5
            Type B soil, low S02    = X6

 The dimensions  of  the problem grow rapidly, 1f we consider that wheat
 might also be adversely affected by nitric oxides (6 x 2 = 12 whest
 processes).

      Suppose that yield response  research has shown that the yields per
 of Mah sn6  m«HtypeAareJ0' 30»  and 40 bushels under conditions
 £fr,h ?n  2£n *? Um   2 andJow S°2» ^actively.  Furthermore, we define
 high S02 pollution as  emissions of 500  million pounds per year from all

           r          ^^

                                                                   b11"on

      For soil  type A,  part of the A matrix might  appear  as  follows:

             (high)      (medium)      (low)
             20  xx   +    30 x2    +   40 x3  <   ^
  uhDoneh1bstor1caierprnJLPr?dUCtl<0!; of wheat a11o*ed °" soil type A based
  upon Historical  records of cropping patterns, intuition, etc.  Pollution
                                       70

-------
concentrations might be represented as follows:

          500 Xj_  +  250 x2  +  75 X3  <.  b2

where: bo might be defined by some measure of S02 pollution potential
that depends upon recent historical Incidences.  With pur simple model
we can then specify additional constraints to Incure that only one
pollution level could occur at a time.

     Thus  for any given discrete level of pollution, optimal  output and
croDDlnq mix may be obtained.  Discrete changes In output and  cropping
patterns9 can Sen be derived so that one would have a linear approximation
of an efficient production-pollution frontier.

     We are not aware of the use of such an approach *oa1r pollution-
aaricultural system modelling.  Theoretically and empirically, it appears
to be ihe slmpllst me?hod ^obtaining optimal cropping patterns for given
alternative pollution regimes.

     There are  however, two problems.  The first 1s that we can only
obtailharseries ^discrete solution points (though this may  e due   in
part, to the nature of our experimental results which are like y to  be
discrete resoonse surfaces).  Second, 1n a multiple crop, multiple air
?JllS2trSl!lJlJ soil type region, the dimensions of our model  will
rapidly surpass our time and computer constraints.

     We mav be able to partially mitigate these problems.  By  utilizing
           nc'tioS] in°wR?ch we Le estimated^"^^ ^51°"

          c.^^
ant  he'coeTfiKfof InpSts affected by pollution  JJ^J^ It
                                     71

-------
     B,   SIMULATION MODEL  WITH  PRODUCTION  FUNCTION

     Naylor et, al_,  (1968)  have  defined  simulation as  a  numerical  technique
for conducting experiments on a computer which  involves a mathematical
model describing a  system.  More generally,  1t  is an  approach to  the
study and use of models (Orcutt, 1960).  It  should  be stressed that it 1s
only a technique -  an alternative approach to conventional mathematical
analysis of economic systems.  There is no theory of  simulation.

Conventional mathematical  techniques can be  used to determine the way
in which a model implicitly relates endogenous  variables to initial condi-
tions, parameters,  and time paths of exogenous  (given outside of the
system) variables.   Given the initial conditions,  parameters and exogenous
variables, simulation generates time paths of endogenous variables.  A
single solution generated by a simulation run is highly specific so that
many runs are required to generate a more general  solution.

     In agricultural economics there are two general  reasons why simulation
has  been appealingU),  First, agricultural  economics have been problem
oriented (as  opposed to theoretically oriented) with an  interest in
providing a basis  for  informed decisions.  Second, as agricultural econo-
mics have focused  increasing attention on natural resources  and the
environment,  community and economic  development, firm and market decisions
 involving   truly dynamic  and stochastic elements, and  large  scale  policy
questions of  regional  or  national  scope, systems analysis and  simulation
 nave been  increasingly applied.  The study of problems  encompassed by
 these  categories typically  involve unresolved theoretical considerations,
 or interdisciplinary theoretical problems.   Simulation  offers  the  chance
 to experiment with the predictive  power of such models  under alternative
 oehavioral  assumptions.

      Simulation also presents  an alternative when  models are difficult
 to solve by analytical methods (usually because of stochastic elements
 and nonlinearities in  functions).   Simulation models can be  solved numeri-
 cally (and can  approximate  analytical  solutions) to  investigate  the
 response surfaces  of endogenous variables or to monitor the  output of a
 model  under alternative  settings of decision (control)  variables.

      Finally, in terms of introductory remarks,  simulation is a  tool  for
 sh±n9f ±ar1C SyStfS  !sP*c1ally'  That  1s»  the 1n?ertemporal  relation-
 snips of the components  of the system are one  of the key features of the
     Discussion follows Johnson and Rausser (1972).
                                      72

-------
 techn1que(2).   Simulation is also a particularly good tool  for handling
 complex systems with interacting stochastic and nonlinear elements,  but
 aside from these attributes it cannot do any better than  a  well-conceived
 analytical  model.   Thus,  where data are available and analytic-optimizing
 models can be  constructed to model  a system, the latter are preferable to
 simulation techniques.

      1.   Features  of Mathematical  Models of Economic Systems

      Any mathematical model  of an  economic  system consists  of  components
 (firms in a production  system),  variables,  parameters, and  functional
 relationships^).   Variables can be classified  as  exogenous, state,  or
 endogenous.

      Exogenous  variables  are predetermined  and  given  from outside of the
 system being modelled.  They are controllable or  noncontrollable vari-
 ables^),   in a  production  system firms  might be  able to control planting
 dates, purchases of inputs,  and  numbers  of  workers  employed.   In a complete
 economic  system  policy  makers  should  be  able to control the emissions of
 certain  kinds of pollutants  into the  atmosphere.  To  the farm  firm, however,
 air pollution is clearly  noncontrollable.   Additionally, weather is
 certainly the key  noncontrollable variable  for  farmers as it affects growth
 rates, yields, and quantities  harvested.

      State  variables describe  the state  of  the system or one of its com-
 ponents at  a certain point  in  time.  These  variables may be functions of
 both  exogenous and  endogenous  variables  and are particularly important
 in viewing  the dynamics of the system (or sequential nature of a decision).
 For example, the state  variables of a firm  (cash on hand,  inventory level,
 harvestable acres,  soil  moisture content) would depend on  production,
 sales, cash on hand, etc., 1n  previous time periods.

      Endogenous variables are  the dependent or output variables of the
system and are generated by the  interaction of the system's  exogenous and
state variables according to the systems operating characteristics
 (Including functional relationships and identities),  For  example,  a  firm's
net revenues, output, crop mix, etc, may be endogenous.   In  simulation
experiments we are particularly interested in the effects  of different
levels of the exogenous  variables on the values  of endogenous variables.


(2) Simulation  models are Implicitly dynamic except when one is simulating
    probability density  functions.

(3) Descriptions generally follow Naylor (1968).

(4) And,  exogenous  variables can of course be stochastic or  nonstochastic.
                                    73

-------
     Functional  relationships  describe the interactions among the variables
of the system.   There are  three  types of relationships: behavioral, iden-
tities, and decision rules.

Behavioral  relations must  be empirically derived on the basis of statis-
tical inference  or determined  from  technical relationships.  For example,
the response function relates  yield per acre to water, temperature, soil,
fertilizer, and  air pollutants.   The probability distributions of random
variables (temperature,  water, air  pollution) are also included  in  the
behavioral  relationships.

     Identities  are definitional  or tautological statements.  For example,
profit equals total revenue  minus total cost or the output  of all indivi-
dual producers of wheat in a region equals total regional output of wheat.

     Decision rules specify  the  manner  in which the farmer  assigns  values
to the decision  or control variables (in a regional systems model,  we
would have decision rules  by which  the  EPA sets air quality standards).
Decision rule values as well as  other parameters  (such as coefficients  of
the behavioral relationships)  would be  varied among simulation runs in
order to observe their effects on the system.

     2.  Simulation Compared to  LP

     La Due and Vincent (1974) suggest specific  areas of  usefulness for
simulation:  (1) when complex  decision processes  are  present  that  involve
uncertainty and/or multiple  goals;   (2) where  indivisibilities  of  inputs
and outputs exist;   (3) we are interested  in sequential  planning decisions;
 (4) nonlinear functions are  involved;  (5) we want to incorporate  concepts
of  behavioral theories of the firm.
                         1n Se(?tion A 1t would aPPear ^at there are
  hpnum             ^Porating uncertainty into programming models.  As
 the  number of stochastic elements  deemed necessary to represent) in a
                 T ^T Tl^ pr°bably be better to use^than LP.  For
                 to  y.-tOChaSt!S P*61 wh1ch can be used in Monte Carlo


                                   W°Uld be tfanSndoSTJ expensivfrelative
 aoal  !ith  IddUinnJ? mul?'ple ?oal!> |-p imP11es the maximization of a single
 goal  with  additional goals  having to be represented by constraints (for
 example, focus-loss constraints), assuming that they are linearly related.
 Simulation,  on the other  hand,  is valuable in comapring outcomes under
 alternative  decision rules  - each incorporating different sets of Soals
 Note again that simulation  cannot generate optimal outcomes       9

      Indivisibilities  of  inputs and outputs can be handled by simulation
                                       74

-------
                                                 (5)
 models  and  also  by  interger  programming with  LPV  '.

       Simulation  can handle sequential  planning  decisions, but in programming
 there is  still recourse  to recursive programming  for short-run optimiza-
 tion  or dynamic  LP  for long-run  optimization.   However, simulation does
 provide an  advantage in  that it  traces out the  time paths of the endogenous
 variables,  not just optimum  points over time.

       Simulation  models can incorporate any number of continuous or dis-
 continuous  linear or nonlinear functions, qualitative variables, and
 conditional relationships in any combination.   In LP we must assume that
 linear  approximations suffice to represent nonlinear functions.  In QP
 we can  use  quadratic  objective functions.

       Finally, for our air pollution problem it  is not relevant to consider
 outcomes generated  under alternative behavioral theories of the firm.

       3.   Applications

      Johnson and Rausser (1972) thoroughly review the use of simulation
 models in agricultural economics.  They classify simulation models  of  the
 firm as  to whether  they are  process, farm planning, or growth_models.
 Within each category most of the models are stochastic, dynamic,  and
 involve  some nonlinearities.

      Process models  objective functions such  as minimizing costs, maximiz-
 ing returns over costs, and maximizing  E-V utility.   They involve certain
 types  of producing and marketing activities over which  the firm has
 control.  An example is the Glickstein  et. aj_.  (1962)  model  of  a cheese  plant.

      Planning  models usually  incorporate  numerous production activities
 with many  strategies for  combining  them.   Some contain  innovative methods
 of handing risk.   Examples  include  Eidman  et.  al_. (1967)  and  Halter and
 Dean  (1965)  compare  alternative price expectation models  in  a  range-feed
 lot operation.

     Firm  growth  studies  are  similar to those  mentioned  in  (A) except
 that they  use  simulation  techniques or  a combination of  techniques.
 Patrick  and  Eisgruber (1968)  formulate  a simulation model to trace the
 time path  of firm growth.  Armstrong et al_. (1970) combine simulation with
 LP  while Chi en and Bradford (1976) use a MLP,  RP, and simulation combined
 approach.

     We  will provide a more in-depth description of three models: one that
 simulates  an integrated physical  (hydrologic)  -  economic system; a dynamic
 firm growth  model; and a micro-macro model in which optimal decision rules
 are derived  for administration of the Federal   Feed Grain Program.


15) See Chou and  Heady (1961) for applications of integer programming.
                                      75

-------
     Horner and English (1976)  sequentially  link  an  LP  and  hydrologic
model in order to simulate the  agricultural  production  and  environmental
adjustments that would occur as results of environmental  policies.   Speci-
fically the objective of the study is to analyze  the impacts  of two alter-
native policies of increasing the quality of irrigation return flows.   The
policies (increasing the price  of surface water or requiring  certain water
use  standards) (6) are two of those conceivable under the Federal Water
Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972.

     The LP model derives optimal cropping patterns, optimal  use of ground
and  project water and fertilizer for 40 subregions in a 700,000 acre area
in the San Joaquin Valley.  The objective function maximizes returns to
land and management  in the area subject to the usual physical, institu-
tional, and market restrictions including the total  amount of surface
water available  and  crop rotation requirements.

     The results of  the LP model function as inputs to physical submodels
that analyze  the hydrology,  salinity balances, and nitrogen concentrations.
 In  the  submodels, the  effects  are estimated of irrigation water and
fertilizer  use on water table  depths and  the quantity and quality  of
 irrigation  return flows.  Costs of collection and disposal of return flows,
and  employing tile drainage  systems are  calculated.  Then production costs
are  adjusted  accordingly  in  the LP model  for the following year.   Solutions
from the models  are  derived  on an annual  basis and are iterated until  they
 simulate the  adjustments  due to water-use changes that result from alter-
 native  policies.

      The models were used to project future  crop  acreage,  nitrogen ferti-
 lizer use,  water use,  and net  returns  to land  and management  under "no
 policy",  the  pricing policy, and  management  policy  alternatives.

      This  particular approach  to  evaluating  alternative  policies  is limited
 in one main respect: it is  only a crude approximation  of the  hydrologic-
 economic  system in  the study area.   Among the  limiting  assumptions are
 that current irrigation practices and the chemical  composition of avail-
 able water will hold in the future.   Both are  likely to  change which
 suggests that the single period optimal LP  solution is  also  unlikely  to
 be  representative of future time periods.

      In the  Horner-English model, pollution producing  and  pollution receiv-
 ing firms are both  in the agricultural sector.  An  analogous approach to the
 air pollution problem would be much larger  in scope since  air pollution
 externalities are produced by nonagri cultural  firms and individuals'  autos,
 whereas the  recipients of the pollutants are in agriculture (excluding the
 major sufferers  of  pollutants - individuals in all  sectors).


  (6) ^policies are designed to improve the efficiency of water use:
     i™,iHnJnroeJS •  Pnce 1S an alternative to an effluent charge;  (2)
                                               Water
                                       76

-------
      Chi en and Bradford  (1976) integrate multiperiod LP (MLP) and simula-
 tion techniques into a recursive sequential model of the farm firm growth
 process.  Applying-the model to a beef enterprise, they are able to com-
 pare alternative management strategies and how they affect alternative growth
 processes.  In considering the problem of air pollution effects at some
 level of aggregation, a model of farm firm growth does not have specific
 relevance.  However, the techniques have relevance in that policy makers
 might want to compare alternative abatement strategies in the nonfarm
 sector (the source of air pollution) and then explain and predict alter-
 native time paths of regional growth processes.   In other words, if air
 pollution is reduced there are going to be abatement costs in the nonfarm
 sector and presumed benefits in the farm sector.   The adjustments of the
 two sectors taken together will certainly alter existing development trends.

      Basically Chien and Bradford combine MLP, recursive LP (RLP),  and
 simulation techniques into a single sequential model.   The authors  wanted
 the optimizing features of MLP, the behavioral (flexibility)  constraints
 of RLP,  and the ability of simulation  techniques  to handle multiple goals,
 indivisibilities,  and sequential  decisions^}.

      Phase 1  of the model consists  of  a Nerlovian (Nerlove,  1958)  submodel
 that quantifies the farmer's price  and yield  expectations  in  accordance
 with his  objectives, resources, finances,  and organization.   This  submodel
 forms the  basis of the  MLP submodel  employed  in phase  2.   The MLP  submodel
 is used  to derive  the farmer's  approximate long run plan and  provide an
 optimal  "first move".   The current  farm plan  (from  MLP), plus prices of
 inputs and outputs,  consumption expenditures,  inventories, other data and
 a  stochastic  price and  yield generating scheme are  inputs  into  the  simula-
 tion model.

      The simulation  model  then  executes alternative decision-operation
 processes  for  the  current plan.   Since in  reality the farmer  probably
 cannot carry out the optimal  plan as specified in the MLP  submodel  (due to
 uncertainty, lumpiness  of inputs), flexibility constraints are constructed
 to  place boundaries  on  enterprise levels in each  period.  Thus, a modified
 current plan is obtained.

      Given the modified optimal current farm plan, the simulator then im-
 plements operation of the  plan  and executes a  number of decisions regard-
 ing  purchases of inputs,  purchases or  rentals  of  capital assets, borrowing,
 paying off debts, and depreciation of assets.

     Growth of the firm was measured according to the time paths of three
 variables: total assets, net worth, and size of the enterprise.   The simu-
 lated values were relatively close to the actual  values of the variables,


T7) Remember that all of these things can also be handled without simulation
    techniques.
                                      77

-------
the differences being  attributed  to  difficulties  in  accounting  for  house-
hold consumption and the debt repayment  schedule.  The model was  also  used
to examine the effects of alternative management  strategies  upon  growth
patterns for future periods.

     While the integrated model  did  incorporate dynamic  and  stochastic
features of the growth process,  it also  required  substantial amounts of
time and money for data collection and  computer software and hardware.

     Shechter and Heady (1970) use a simulation model  to derive response
surfaces in the Feed Grain Program.   The components  of  the model  are micro
units (firms) and macro units (aggregate regional  outputs and  the govern-
ment).  Allocation and production decisions for the  firms (for which
behavioral relationships are specified)  are derived  in  the micro-simulator.
Outputs of individual  farms are aggregated and enter the aggregated market
system  (plus government), i. e., the macrosimulator.  The decision vari-
ables (the alternative effects of which are examined in different simu-
lation  runs) are minimum acreage diversion, price supports,  payment and
loan rates, and diversion payment rate.   The response variables are net
farm revenue of participants, stock  accumulation, and total  treasury costs.

     The main emphasis in the study  is the derivation of efficient decision
rules via response surface analysis.  In the context of a multi-response
surface a locus of efficient decision rules is provided.  This is important
in  the  respect that for any government decision there are going to be
trade-offs: in this case, increasing farm  income conflicts with the goal
of  reducing government cost.
                                       78

-------
      C.  ECONOMETRIC MODELLING OF THE PRODUCTION SYSTEM

      A broad definition of econometrics is that it encompasses "every appli-
 cation of mathematics or of statistical methods to the study of economic
 phenomena" (Mai invalid, 1966).  Mai invalid defines econometrics in a narrower
 perspective as the use of numerical data to test the postulated relation-
 ships of economics.

      In this section we are interested in agricultural  production at  either
 the firm, industry, or regional/national level  and econometric analysis
 of either single equation production functions  or simultaneous systems.
 For our purposes, the latter could be production systems,  biological/
 behavioral  systems, or market systems in which  supply and  demand_simul-
 taneously interact.  To be more specific, we are focusing  on positive
 relationships, i.e., what is the relationship between air  pollution and
 yield?   How does it affect output and profits?   In the  previous section, LP
 gave us "normative" answers, e.e., what should  the optimal  cropping mix be
 given air pollution externalities and additional  behavioral  assumptions?

      Within the general  category of supply response^)  (see section VI, A)
 econometric analysis can be applied to the derivation of supply functions
 from data relating to production functions and  individual  behavior, or
 aggregate supply functions  can  be estimated directly with  time-series and/
 or cross-section data.   In  the  following two sections on the single equation
 approach  to estimating  biological  and "whole farm"  production  functions,
 we are  concerned with the positive impact of air  pollution  as  derived
 explicitly  from production  functions.   In our later consideration  of  simu-
 ltaneous  systems we are  interested in the effects  of air pollution on the
 endogenous  variables  (determined simultaneously within  the  system) in
 either  production or market systems.

      The  basis  of our analysis  is  an  implicit production function,

            f(y-l	,  yn;  XT,  ..... xm) =  0

 that  relates all  outputs  (y's)  to  all  variable inputs (x's).  Air pollu-
 tion  can  conceptually be  regarded  as  a variable input.  If we are inter-
 ested in  any one  output,  it  can  be expressed  as an explicit function

            y0  =  g(x-|,	xn)

     Given  production functions for the firm  of either form, plus infor-
mation on the functional  forms, we can derive functions express!ng out-
 puts, costs, and  derived demands for inputs in terms of prices of inputs
 and outputs.  For  example, we can  derive short or long-run  cost functions,
 the marginal products of  inputs  (labor, capital, fertilizer, etc.), the
marginal rates of  substitution between inputs, or the demand function  for


TO As in section VI, A., Nerlove and Bachman (1960) and King (1975) are
    basic review articles for agricultural supply analysis.
                                     79

-------
labor.  Before proceeding  to  a  discussion  of  "whole farm"  (aggregates of
firms) production functions,  we will  briefly  digress  by  looking  at  the
biological (or firm) production function.
     1.  Biological  Production Functions  -  Single  Equation
                                                          (2)
     A typical biological  production function  for  wheat  might  appear  as
follows (a function for sugar beets  would be specified analogously):

YW = f(N. PgO^/K^O, Labor, Management,  Weather,  Air Pollution  /  weather)

        (a)                        (b)                            (c)

Variables in set (a) may be varied in experiments.  Hopefully, air pollu-
tion can be in (a) if there are enough observations (cross-sectional) in
areas with different air pollution levels.  Otherwise,  it might be incor-
porated in set (b), variables which are fixed  by the investigator.  Set (c)
is composed of random variables.

     One firm could be represented by several  of these partial production
functions - depending upon the number of crops grown.  Given output (final
product) and  input prices  (factor prices), the behavioral criterion of
profit maximization can be applied to a hypothetical two crop, wheat-sugar
beet farm firm:

               total revenue         factor costs
              <	'	v        .	1	,
     max  ~  (PWAWYW + PSBASBYSB^ "  (PNN + P|_L +....)

where: PW =  price  of wheat,               PSB = price of sugar beet,
       AN =  acreas planted in wheat,      ASB = acres planted in  sugar  beet,
       Yw =  yield  per acre of wheat,      Y$B = yield per acre of sugar beet,
       PN =  price  of N,                   p,   = wage ratej
       L  =  man-hours of  hired  labor.

 Profit maximization  is  subject  ot the following constraints:
 identities —
                N =  Nw + NSB,  i.e.,  total  N applied equals the sum of  that
                                    applied to wheat and  sugar beets.
 (2) By single equation we mean that production functions  are specified  as
     unilateral causal  relationships in which output is  a  function  of pre-
     determined input variables.  Furthermore, output is assumed to be produced
     independently of all other outputs and the estimated  error term is  assumed
     to be independently distributed.  Typically a single  equation  production
     function at any level of aggregation would be linear  or intrinsically
     linear in which case classical linear regression techniques could be
     applied.                                               ^
                                       80

-------
 production	f  YW =  f(           )
 functions        [  Y$B=  f(           )

      The profit  maximization  problem could be solved using calculus with
 Lagrangean terms for  restrictions.  Additional restrictions could be
 added for  particularly limiting factors of production.  However, in reality
 the  researcher is usually not able  to derive continuous functions for each
 process.   Also,  the solution  procedure becomes cumbersome as the number of
 crops and  restrictions grows.  Thus the best use of such estimated functions
 is as inputs  to  LP models.

      For specialized  problems biological functions may be of use, especially
 when  we  consider the  time dimension (response efficiency over time, inter-
 nal  rate of return) and  uncertainly.  For example, De Janvry (1972) used
 corn  and wheat fertilizer response data to determine conditions under
 which fertilizer use  would be economical in Argentina (where most farms do
 not  use  fertilizer).   He attempts to assess the risk attached to different
 dosage levels and obtains internal rates of return for particular invest-
 ments in fertilizer.   From a  policy point of view he obtained an estimate
 of the social returns  from alternative fertilizer price policies.

      2.  "Whole  Farm"  Production Functions - Single Equation

      In  this  section  we  are specifically speaking of aggregates of firm
 production functions.  Our starting point might be the following relation-
 ship:
           Output = f(labor,  land, machinery, variable expenses,
                       management, air pollution (say S02) )

 If we are  concerned with one crop, output is an aggregate of all firm out-
 puts  of  that crop.  If we are concerned with more than one crop the depen-
 dent  variable would be product value at constant prices.   Inputs would of
 course be  aggregates  also™'.  The function is usually fitted to cross
 section data, or  sometimes, cross section and time series data combined.

      Among the applications of such models are analysis  of supply response
 (see  VI, A for policy  questions that are pertinent) based on aggregation
 of firm marginal   cost  functions.   Or, once we derive the  marginal  pro-
 ductivities of factors, they can be compared:  among different regions, or
with  actual marginal products within the same region.   For exampie,  one
might estimate the marginal  product of labor and compare  ^ to average
waae  rates (the two are equal at equilibrium in accordance with economic
fhlory) tn a regioS.   ?n any case, once marginal  products are estimated,


 (3) Two general  rules for input aggregation (particularly when  using the
  } iobbSgUs  function) a?e (ij the inputs  Sm^"*?^,^ d
    be as nearly  perfect substitutes or perfect complements as  possible,
    (2) relative  to each other,  the categories should  be  neither perfect
    substitutes  nor perfect complements.
                                      81

-------
policies can be recommended.   For example,  if  the marginal  product  of  labor
was greater than actual  wage  rates it suggests  that  workers are  being
underpaid.

     Generally speaking whole farm functions may  be  useful  as  a  positive
diagnostic tool in policy analyses concerned with  serious disequilibria.
For example, the policy question of labor migration  might be examined
from the point of view that surplus labor in one  region is  depressing  the
returns to labor (i.e., causing poverty).  Meanwhile a shortage  of  labor in
another region is depressing  farm returns (thereby hindering firm expan-
sion and raising consumer prices) by causing farmers to plant non-labor
intensive crops.  A policy of inducing migration  from the  labor  surplus to
the labor deficit area is implied.

     For purposes of analyzing the effects  of  air pollution in a market
system  where we are interested in producer, consumer, aggregate welfare
effects and associated policy implications, we might view aggregate regional
production functions (by crop) as inputs into  a general equilibrium model.
Such models are capable of being  solved with LP or QP techniques and will
be discussed under VII, B.

     Problems  in Production  Function Analysis

     The  problems pointed out below  pertain to production  functions aggregated
 at any  level.

     We will briefly examine the following problem areas:  (1) algebraic
 form,  (2)  simultaneous  equation  bias,  (3)  specification bias, (4) measure-
 ment  problems, (5) combining time series and cross  section data, (6)
 technological  change.

      Algebraic form.   Whole  farm functions have frequently been  estimated
 as polynomials because the data  suggests response surfaces of this  type.
 The  commonly used  Cobb-Douglas  function  is simply a  log transformation of
 a first degree polynomial.

      The Cobb-Douglas  function requires  a  constant  elasticity of produc-
 tion,  constant returns to scale throughout the region of production,  and an
 elasticity of substitution equal to one.   There  are many alternatives to
 these restricting assumptions  and many alternative  algebraic  forms.  For
        Af AcTt4 fi-  ( ?61} Su99ested the CES function  in which the  elas-
        of substitution (between capital  and labor  in a two factor  work)
                   n0a  t0       With  resPect ot cons^nt returns to
                                     ttt1lMte  * ^-Douglas ^™  with
  . .   Simultaneous equation bias.  The question of simultaneous equation
  bias arises because single equation estimation procedures normally lead
                                       82

-------
 to  biased^  estimators when the true system is better represented by a
 system  of  simultaneous equations(5).  Most production function research
 has  utilized  the  single equation approach because of computational sim-
 plicity and because  it allows for theoretically satisfactory predictions
 of  output.  Nevertheless  knowledge of the underlying economic structure
 remains unknown.   Hoch (1958) found that in production functions where
 simultaneous  equation bias exists there was a general tendency for the
 least squares  estimated sum of elasticities to equal one (implying const-
 ant  returns to scale) even though the true sum was not equal to one (im-
 plying  either  decreasing  (sum < 1) or increasing (sum > 1) returns to scale).

     Specification bias.  It is not possible to completely specify and fit
 the  true production  function relevant to a given process.  Usually the true
 functional form and  complete range of input variables are unknown.  Even
 when variables are known  it may be too costly or too difficult to measure
 them.   Thus there  are specification errors in the typical function which
 in turn results in specification bias in the estimated coefficients.

     Typical  specification errors made in Cobb-Douglas studies are: (1)
 omission of variables (for example, neither technology in time series
 studies, nor management effects in cross-section studies can be explicitly
 measured; or,  if ozone concentration really decreases alfalfa yield by
 15 percent, it would be important not to omit ozone as an in2ePfndent
 variable); (2)  aggregation within inputs (no matter how carefully we define
 input categories there are likely to be quality differences in inputs; for
 example, one unit of labor is not likely to be the same as any other unit);
 (3) aggregation over inputs (specification bias will result if the rules
 in footnote (3) are violated).

     Griliches  (1957) obtained some general  results fromT!pecification
 errors  in Cobb-Douglas production function estimation.   If an input is
 excluded that  vaHIs less than proportionately with the included inputs
 (and vice versa), returns to scale will  be underestimated   The omission
 of a managerial input variable biases the estimate of returns t.scale
 downwards and  the elasticity of output with  respect to capital  "P™*-      .
 The omission of quality differences in labor (due to education  for example)
 results  in an  upward bias in the estimated elasticity of capital, and a
 downward bias  in elasticity of labor and returns to scale.

     Measurement problems.  We have touched  upon conditions for aggregation
 of inputs and  the biases  that result from aggregation bias.   In this
 fectTn we will deal  Sre explicitly with actual  measurement problems in
variables.
(4) Specifically, simultaneous equation bias °f^.^^i
    the production relation affect the observed values  of al   variables
    (notPj2st the dependent variable), thus producing  inconsistent  estimates

(5) See later sections for more discussion of the simultaneous approach.
                                     83

-------
     (i) Output:   If we have  a  single  product, we can aggregate output  in
physical terms.   Since most farms  produce more than  one  crop we are  typi-
cally faced with  the aggregation of multi-product firms.   It might be pre-
ferable to estimate aggregate functions  for each crop  (with the restrictive
assumption that there are no  interdependencies among crop  choices) so that
something can be  said about investment in  individual enterprise choices,
but frequently individual enterprise  data  relating  quantity of each  input
to quantity of each output are  unavailable.  This  is especially true for
cross section studies where a wide range of farms  should be included.   Thus,
the researcher usually turns  to an aggregate measure of  value  output.   For
example, if we have multiple products produced  in  constant proportions  we
can use prices as weights to obtain a value index.   However,  if we have
multiple products in varying proportions it would  be reasonable  to use  a
simultaneous approach.

      (ii)  Labor:  Usually, the researcher aggregates operator, family,  and
hired labor using wage rates as weights.  But,  there are problems in the
following  areas: what  is the proper wage rate for  the  operator's  labor?
 (or family labor?).  Also, data are usually lacking for labor used so labor
available  is measured.   Finally how do we account  for differences in labor
quality as influenced  by age, education, etc.  Griliches  (1963) incorpo-
rated  separate variables for labor and education in his aggregate agricul-
tural  sector production  function.  Since there was no significant differ-
ence  between the coefficients, he later included labor and education as an
 interaction term so that labor could qualitatively  improve over time
 (Griliches, 1964).

      (iii) Capital;  As  Heady  and Dillon  (1961) suggest:  a finding  (based
 upon  farm sample estimates)  that  capital inputs have a marginal return of
 so many dollars  tells  nothing  about  the productivity of different forms of
 capital inputs except for  the  sample  firms.  Thus,  capital inputs must be
 categorized (again following the  rules  in  foot not  (3)  ).  Among the
 factors to be  considered in  specifying  a  production function, in addition
 to land,  labor,  pollution, etc.,  are  improvements,  liquid assets, cash
 operating expenses, maintenance and  depreciation of fixed assets.   Which
 factors to include as capital  inputs  depends on the production process
 being examined.   For example,  purchased feed, seed, and fertilizer  might be
 very important in some operations.   Durables are  usually  very important and
 can be measured by the maintenance and depreciation costs (plus  the rate
 of interest on the investment) associated with  the use  (as opposed  to
 measuring their value on an inventory basis).   Thus,  the service flow  is
 measured.

       (iv)  Land:   The basic problem in measuring land  is that  of  quality.
 One could  use price  (or cash rent) to obtain the  value, or land  taxes.
 The latter would present problems if the region were  significantly  urbanized,
 Alternatively, a service flow concept analogous to that in the measurement
 of capital could be employed.   Land would be specified as real  estate
  (land, buildings,  equipment tied to land) and would be measured  by depre-
 ciation  on buildings and equipment, maintenance on buildings and equipment,
                                       84

-------
plus interest on the investment^ '.

     (v) Management:  This is probably the most difficult  variable  to
measure in "whole farm" studies.  Obviously,  management  ability will vary
among entrepreneurs and the consequences of omitting  this  variable  were
mentioned in the section on specification bias.  But  what  are  our choices?

     Management is usually considered to be part of the  error  term  and not
specified at all.  In this case the residuals between production levels
estimated from the fitted function and actual observed production levels
are attributed to management.  Alternatively, one could  measure management
with objective or subjective test scores.  This approach has not been widely
used, but Heady and Dillon (1961) used a management index  and  found that
increasing returns to scale (as opposed to constant)  "seemed   to be due
to management.  Doll (1974) has suggested representing management efficiency
by attaching efficiency level coefficients to each input as well as speci-
fying an overall general efficiency leveU".

     (vi) Time series - Cross section data combined;   Another  way of handling
the management effect is by analysis ot covanance (ANOC)  using time series
and cross section data.  Hoch (1962) init ally introduced  a constant term
to a Cobb-Douglas function to represent differences in tehcnical eff ciency
among farms.  Realizing that simultaneous equation bias  would  occur if
either cross-section or time series data were used alone,  he added  a time
c'onsLnt to represent°changes in technical efficiency over time anc suggested
analysis of combined time series and cross section data.  Among Hoch s
conclusions were that the firm effect could represent technical efficiency
or alternatively, entrepreneurial capacity (management).  Thf  *™%®"®"
measured weather differences (the significance of the time effect   ndicates
that explicit consideration of weather would  be useful)  and changes in
productivity overtime.

     Paris and Hoch (1966) advocate the use of the ANOC  model  to allow
production e?ast?c?ties to vary among firms and years   Norma "yi "Pro-
duction function analysis all farms are assumed to be operating with the
(6) we are likely to have a multicol linearity problem  (that  is,
    c^t^lM^
     Bfe
    slyThlt thY effeSte of urban encroachment on  land values and pollu-
    tion on production are col linear.
(7) C-D function to be fitted to cross section data:
                             Xi2B2ecp
    With added symbols mi to represent level  of  management on  1th farm:
                                      85

-------
same function.   Attempts  to  avoid  this  problem  by  estimating  individual
farm functions  have generally been poor.   Thus  the Paris-Hoch approach
includes firm and time effects both as  constant terms and  as  components
of input coefficients. The  results of  this  approach  include  meaningful
estimates of firm elasticities (as well  as some measure  of management)
which makes the results much more  applicable to individual farm  deci-
     (vii) Technological  change:   We  have just  seen that the  inclusion  of
firm and time effects in  an ANOC  model  estimated  with  time  series  and cross-
section data provides indicators  of technological  change.   Generally, the
problem of measuring technological  change has arisen because  of observed
shifts in firm production surfaces over time.   These shifts may be due  to
the use of new inputs (i.e., replacing  old) or  due to  qualitative  improve-
ments in inputs (for example, labor improved due  to education). From a
cross-sectional viewpoint we may  observe firms  operating with different
arrays of inputs (i.e., old and new arrays).

     With time series data, a time trend variable t can be  added as an
independent variable to allow for technological change^).   In the case of
neutral technological change (i.e., not biased  toward capital or labor),
t would be incorporated as a shift variable (see Solow, 1957).

     3.  Simultaneous Systems

     In the previous section we mentioned the implications  of simultaneous
equation bias  in production function analysis:  that is, the consequences
of  specifying  and estimating a unilateral causal  relationship when in fact
a system of mutually determined relationships exists.  In other words,  the
production relation may well be embedded in a system of equations  in which
inputs, outputs, and other variables are mutually determined 00).


 (8) Hoch  has  come out with two recent  articles (1976a and 1976b) on  this
     subject.   Suffice  it  to say that there  is some disagreement over the
     applicability of elasticity estimates  to the firm level.

 (9) In a  Cobb-Douglas  framework,  technological change can be  expressed  by
     shift  variable  (change  in  intercept) and/or by changes in the partial
     elasticities of production.

 (10) Except where relevant, we will  not  discussing estimating procedures
     and other statistical problems.  Generally, some  of the  problems involved
     in estimating a structural system  are  similar  to  those in single equa-
     tion models.  That is,  there  are similar problems  in choice of vari-
     ables, algebraic form of  the  functions, validity  of assumptions  and
     interpretation  of results.   Among  the  references  for simultaneous  equa-
     n2^eCMn^UeS ia/?n!l?gle  ecluation)  are: Foote  (1955),  Goldberger
     (1964), Malinvaud (1966),  and Theil  (1971)
                                        86

-------
      The  variables  in  a  simultaneous system can be divided into the
 following categories:

      (1)  Endogenous: variables whose current values are determined simul
                     taneously in the system (note that in the single
                     equation models discussed earlier there was one
                     endogenous variable - the dependent variable).

      (2)  Predetermined:  current values are treated as given.
            (a)  exogenous: values determined outside of the system.
            (b)  lagged  endogenous.

      The  structural model may be written in matrix form as:

          B  Yt + rj  Y(t-l) + T2 Xt = Ut                         0)

 where:  B = matrix  of  coefficients of current endogenous variables
            (G x G  in  system of G structural relations)
       Y+ = vector  of  current endogenous variables
       n  = matrix  of  coefficients of lagged endogenous variables
      Yt i  = vector  of  lagged endogenous variables          t
       T2 = matrix  of  coefficients of current exogenous variables
       Xt = vector  of  exogenous variables
       Ut = vector  of  disturbance terms

      In contrast to the  structural form of the system the reduced form
 of a  complete (the  number of endogenous variables equals the number of
 equations)  system expresses each endogenous variable as Actions of
 only,  predetermined variables and disturbances.   That is, each equation
 hiFbnly  one endogenous variable and it is the dependent variable.

      The  reduced form  of equation (1) is:

          Yt = nl Y(t-l) + n2 Xt + vt                           (2)
where:  ni = matrix of reduced form coefficients of lagged endogenous
          I      •  i_ i
        no = matrix of'reduced form coefficients of exogenous variables.
        Vt = vector of reduced form disturbances.

and   IT, = - B-lrls     n2 = - B-lr2,     Vt = B'lUt

     The estimation of structural  coefficients  in (1)  provides know-
ledae of the underlying economic structure under consideration.   The
reduced fofm is usefTfor prediction,  that is,  predicting the impact
                                  87

-------
of a change in an exogenous  variable  on  the endogenous variables^11^.  The
reduced form coefficients nj  and 112 in  (2) are  referred to as impact multi-
pliers and specifically "show the effect of a unit change in any giveTTixo-
genous variable on the expected  value of a contemporaneous endogenous vari-
able after all the simultaneous  effects  of the  system have been worked
through" (Sarhan e_t al_.,  1976).

     The implications for analyzing pollution effects should be apparent.
Suppose that we have a market structure  for crops adversely affected by
air polluiton.  On the supply side we might have yield equations which
enable us to quantify the direct effects of air pollutants on yields.  We
also might have production functions  (from which supply functions can be
derived) embedded in the  supply  system.   On the demand side we have the
price-demand structure representing the  consumer and faced by the farmer.
Air pollution is obviously exogenous  to  this system.  Aside from estimating
the coefficients of the structure in  which air  pollutants operate, we will
be particularly interested in the impacts of changing air pollution levels
(they may increase in the absence of  standards  or decrease with the imple-
mentation of standards) on the endogenous variables in our system: yields,
output, demand for inputs, profits, consumer prices, etc.  We will also be
interested in the distributional  impact  on producers' and consumers'
surplus.  The effects of  sustained changes in air pollution are even more
important in which case we can obtain dynamic multipliers
(11) The relationship between  the structural and reduced forms of the model
     is known in econometric terms as the problem of identification.  There
     ?SiraS i*   order  conditions for exact identification (see Theil,
      971; Malinvaud   1966; Goldberger, 1964), but instead of citing these
     in econometric terms  we offer a verbal description.
          lLt]"c° °r-m°^  t!;eories uare observational ly equivalent, then they
                       ] cions  about observable phenomena under all cir-
                                                                       -
           won   K   We  attfP*  to estimate the parameters of the theories,
                    nay  to  disnguish the parameter estimates of one
                                                                   ssr
          Reduced form parameters are always identified  i e   thev are

     teob eV a' ions^ Th™  ^ 5*™^ °f the ^ dlliHbSSoSlf
     if aSd onlv 5? JA nlh  structure of the structural form is identifiable
     othe? wS?ds  I JJrnrJr  ?tructure has the same reduced form,  or, in
     other words, a structural parameter is identified if and onlv if it
     can be uniquely deduced  from the reduced fSrm parameter!   y

-------
      Applications of the Simultaneous Equation Approach

      In this section we describe three studies that employ a simultaneous
 equation approach to answer alternative research questions.  First,  we
 describe the work of Lau and Yotopoulos (1972) in which they jointly estimate
 profit and labor demand functions for Indian agriculture.   Second, we
 examine a biologic/behavioral  model of a mosquito abatement district.
 Finally, we outline a dynamic econometric model  of the market structure for
 white dry edible beans.

      The analysis of an aggregate profit function is  advanced as  an  alter-
 native to the analysis of production.   Under the assumptions that (a)  firms
 follow the decision rule of maximizing profits,   (b)  firms  are price takers
 in output and input markets, and (c)  the production function is concave in
 the variable  inputs, "there exists  a  one-to-one  correspondence between the
 set of concave production functions and  the  set  of convex profit  functions"
 (p.  11).   Among the advantages  of working  with a (unit-output-price) pro-
 fit function  instead of the typical production function  are that  the aggre-
 gate supply function and factor demand functions  can  be  derived without
 the explicit  specification  of the production function^2'.   Furthermore,
 the profit  function, supply function,  and  factor  demand  functions so
 derived may be  written  as explicit  functions  of  variables normally consi-
 dered  to  be determined  exogenously  to  the  firm's  behavior.   Direct estima-
 tion of these functions  in  the  reduced form  thus  avoids  the  problem of
 simultaneous  equation  bias.

     In production function  analysis with  labor as a variable factor, the
 farmer's decision variables  would be output and labor input.  These vari-
 ables would be jointly dependent with  the  prices of output, wage rate, and
 quantities of capital and land  specified as predetermined variables.
 However, the  specification of a profit function leads  to use of profits
 and  total labor costs as jointly dependent variables.   Because the right
 hand side of  the two equations  includes only predetermined variables  the
 application of ordinary  least squares  (a single equation technique) will
 be consistent, but inefficient  because of the appearance of H]  in each


TT2) In this particular study, with labor as  the variable factor and
     capital and land fixed, the particular estimates  of importance
     are the labor demand and output supply elasticities with respect
     to wage rate, price of output,  and quantities of  capital and  land.
     Also, the coefficients of the production function (Cobb-Douglas)
     are obtained and the hypothesis of constant  returns  to  scale  is
     tested.
                                     89

-------
equationOS).   Thus, the authors  jointly estimate  the  equations  with
Aitken's generalized least squares04)  and in fact obtain the  best  results
by adding two constraints:  a* =  oq   and e-|  + ej? = 1.   The 1atter constraint
spefifies constant returns to scale.

     The reduced form elasticity  of  a change in output with respect to a
change in the quantity of land is derived because  of  its policy  implica-
tions.  For example, an increase  in  land will lead to  an upward  shift in
the marginal product of labor (hence, wage rate).   This reduced  form  elas-
ticity, derived from output expressed in terms of  the  profit function, has
distinct advantages over the analogous production  function elasticity (of
output with respect to land).  In the latter, the  effects of an  exogenous
increase in land on output can be measured, but holding other factors
constant.   In the profit function, other factors can  be influenced  by the
exogenous change in land.

     Sarhan e_t a]_.  (1976) use a simultaneous equation approach to model a
biologic/behavior system, specifically, a mosquito abatement district.
The objectives of the study are to first formulate an empirical  model
(simultaneous system) of an abatement district in which mosquito popula-
tion variables, mosquito control  methods, and control  method effectiveness
are simultaneously  determined.  Second, unit cost data were applied to the
endogenous  variable coefficients in the model in order to compare the
economic efficiency of alternative control methods(15).  Third,  given that


(13) Without going  through the mechanics, this is true both theoretically
     and empirically.  The final empirical model is:

      (1) In n   = cu  +   En- D,-  +  ai In w   +  et In K  +  BO In T
                ,
      where:   n*   =  profit  per farm
              w1  =  money wage rate per day
              D-j  =  regional dummy variables
                L  =  labor in days per year per farm
                K  =  interest on  fixed capital per farm
                T  =  cultivatable/and in acres per farm

 (14) Zellner (1962) proposes this approach to estimating a system of equa-
      tions because  of efficiency gains and minimization of aggregation
      bias.

 (15) The indirect effects  of changes in  the stock of past sumps, ponds, etc.
      (or any other  control method), on the light-trap  index variables were
      calculated from the reduced form of the model.  The coefficients of  the
      exogenous  variables in  the reduced  form are impact multipliers.

        Of more  interest, however, are the dynamic multipliers,  i.e., the
      effects of unit changes  in exogenous variables sustained for a period
                                      90

-------
 a comparison of the physical  efficiency versus economic efficiency  of control
 methods showed that the abatement district managers were making  suboptimal
 decisions (i.e., the application of pesticides was  expensive and not  as
 efficient as other methods given the build-up in pesticide  resistance),  an
 LP model  is constructed that  selects the minimum cost combination of  con-
 trol  methods subject to appropriate physical, labor,  and institutional
 constraints.  The model also  assures that the mosquito population will
 not exceed a specified level.

      Among the direct policy  implications of  the study were that over-
 reliance  on chemical  pesticides  in  the  short-run would lead to more expensive
 physical  control  methods  in the  future,  given tolerance build-up and  the
 decreasing probability that replacement  pesticides  can be developed.

      Vandenborre  (1968) formulated  a dynamic  econometric model of the market
 structure (i.e.,  it contained empirically estimated demand  and supply rela-
 tionships)  for white  dry  edible  beans in  order  to (1)  evaluate the impact
 of  government  price support programs, (2)  study the impacts of changes in
 exogenous variables  on the  system,  and  (3)  estimate the effects  of esta-
 blishing  support  prices above free  market  prices.

      The  supply (or production)  system contained  a relationship for each of
 four  bean  varieties.   The relationships  involved  one acreage equation
 (since acreage  data was generally unavailable) and three equations speci-
 fying production  in terms of thousands of hundred-weights.  Pre-determined
 variables  included  lagged prices (own and competing crop prices)  and time
 trendsOS) to  indicate yield fluctuations.  Vandenborre justifies this
 specification on  the grounds that acreage data were unavailable for  all
 varieties.  However, even this line of reasoning  is insufficient  to  justify
(15) continued:
     of time on the endogenous variables.  For example,  the direct  and  in-
     direct effects of sumps, ponds, etc., constructed was  compared to  the
     number of locations treated with pesticides  over a  time horizon of
     eight years.   Both  methods were found to be beneficial  in  the short-
     run, but in the long-run the indirect costs  of  pesticide use greatly
     outweighed  the short-term benefits due to tolerance build-up.

(16) The use of  time trends or lagged production  in  supply  equations  can
     account for yield fluctuations  due to externalities such as air
     pollution.  Time trend variables also serve  as  proxies  for many  other
     effects (weather, technology, management  improvement),  thus their
     interpretation is difficult.
                                     91

-------
the lack of use of more satisfactory alternative specifications^   '.

     On the other hand, since the components  of the  price-demand  structure
are determined simultaneously, a system of eight structural  equations  was
postulated.  Structural coefficients were estimated  by two-stage  least
squares.

     The supply and price-demand structures are integrated into one dynamic
model through various operations including the computation of the reduced
form of the price-demand structure.  Just as  in the  Sarhan et_ al_. study,
dynamic impact multipliers are obtained.  With respect to the structure of
the market for white dry beans the impacts of changes in the following
exogenous variables were deemed to be important: price of corn (because
corn competes with navy beans for acreage), disposable income (its impact
on quantities supplied and demanded and on prices in the absence  of govern-
ment programs), and income from feedgrains.
 (17) A more satisfactory approach would have been to use an adaptive
     expectations or partial adjustment model on the supply side.  The
     former has been used extensively in the analysis of agricultural
     supply and is expressed generally as:
             Yt = A0            -     ._.  ,
                          k=0
     where  Yt = vector for which explanation is sought (supply or acreage)
            Zt = vector of explanatory variables
            A0 = parameter vector
            A] = parameter matrix
            0  = a seal or
            E£ = disturbance terms
     and     *              .
               - e     (l-e)k  Z
      where Z.  =  decision makers  subjective expectations vector for prices
                 and yields  on which the decisions Yt are based.  Just
                 (1974)  geometrically  includes quadratic lag terms to
                 indicate the farmer's  subjective evaluation of the
                 variances of prices and yields  (i.e., risk accounted for).
                                       92

-------
     4.  Summary

     In II, C. we have progressed from single equation biological production
functions (conceptually regarded as inputs to firm LP modles) to whole
farm single equation production functions (which may conceptually be
thought of as inputs to a spatial programming or econometric model  of a
regional market structure) to simultaneous equation models of a production
system, biological/behavioral system, and a market system.  It is suffi-
cient to say that since economic models realistically involve many jointly
dependent variables whose values are determined simultaneously, the
simultaneous equation approach is preferred.  Additionally, the reduced
form of structural models allows for the evaluaiion of impact multipliers,
i.e., the effects of changes in exogenous variables on the system can be
determined.
                                     93

-------
                                SECTION VII

   SECONDARY ECONOMIC IMPACTS  DUE  TO  AGRICULTURAL CROP  YIELD  CHANGES


     A.  REGIONAL INPUT-OUTPUT MODELS

     In put-output analysis as originally developed  by  Leontief  (1951)  is
an empirically oriented multimarket analytical  technique^).   Leontieff
used an input-output system to determine  the interdependence  of  various
sector of the U.S. economy.  1-0 analysis is a  simplification of the
general equilibrium framework  referred to in VII,  B.  For example,  utility
functions are omitted and consumer demands are  usually  specified as exo-
genous without regard to consumer market  equilibrium.   The production
function for each industry is  a constant  coefficient function.  The major
function of 1-0 analysis is the determination of interdependence coeffi-
cients among the sectors which in turn may be used to predict output.and
employment in different sectors under varying conditions of demand^'.

     In the following subsection on 1-0 applications, we describe two
1-0 models developed for local economies.  Humboldt County, California
is richly endowed with timber resources and natural  resource amenities
that appeal to residents and tourists.  It is also an economically
depressed economy with high unemployment and sluggish economic growth.
One of the crucial  issues facing decision-makers in the County is the
trade-off between preservation of natural resources and their exploitation
at higher rates which would stimulate economic growth and employment.
1-0 analysis  is used as a  tool to quantitatively interrelate  the crucial
forest products sector with the rest of the economy.  Similarly, 1-0
analysis  is an appropriate tool to use in relating  air pollution effects
at the farm level to secondary  impacts at the  agricultural processing
level  and in  nonagricultural  sectors.  Welfare effects can also be deter-
mined  because of  the inclusion  of  households as an  exogenous  or endogenous
sector.   With an  1-0 model we  can  look at relationships  under recent
normal levels of  pollution as  well as project  changes  in sector outputs,
regional  income,  and employment under pollution levels that  are estimated
 to occur if standards  are  set.

      The second  1-0 model  discussed  is a more  complex  and  conprehensive
 economic-ecologic model  of the Charleston,  South Carolina  economy.   The
 authors  are particularly interested  in aiding  environmental  planners in
 issues concerning economic growth, resource utilization, and pollution


 (1) Two general  descriptive  references are  Isard  (1960)  and  Heady  and
     Candler (1958 - see references under VI, A).

 (2) There are,  of course,  many other problems  that  may be  handled  with
     1-0 analysis.
                                       94

-------
 generation.   Such a model  pertains  to  the  air  pollution-agriculture system
 in that the  latter is  also an  ecologic-economic  system.  We might think of
 nonagricultural  sectors  such as  particular industries  (responsible for
 factory emissions) and households  (auto  emissions)  as  economic units
 emitting elements that adversely affect  the ecological system.   In agri-
 culture the  damage is  manifested by crop damage  of  specific forms mentioned
 in Section V.  This ecological damage  is transmitted back  into the economy
 through its  effects on yields  and quality.

      1-0 analysis is closely related to  programming procedures discussed
 in VI,  A and VII, B, but differs in certain respects that we want to empha-
 size:   (1) 1-0 analysis  is positive in nature  as opposed to the  normative
 nature  of programming; (2) the industry  rather than the firm is  the unit of
 production*3';  (3) in  1-0  the  initial  set  of activities (the product mix of
 the various  sectors and  final  demand are given and  solution involves
 determination of  interdependence coefficients.   In  contrast, in  programming
 models  the input-output  coefficients (of the firm)  are given and the
 solution yields an optimal  set of activities.  On the other hand, there is
 one major similarity - both 1-0  and programming  involve linear relationships
 and are easy to solve.

      1-0 may have some shortcomings in terms of oversimplification, but
 nevertheless has  been  the  most widely  used  tool in  the study of regional
 and interregional  interdependence.   Its  strength lies in the detailed
 presentation of (1)  the  production  and distribution characteristics of the
 industries of different  regions  and  (2)  the nature of the interrelationships
 of  these industries  among  themselves and among these industries and other
 economic  sectors  (Isard, 1960:310).

      1.   Applications  of 1-0 Analysis

     a.   1-0 Model  of  Humboldt County. California
     The  general  objective of Dean  et al_.  (1973) in formulating an 1-0
model of  Humboldt  County was to  provide an analytical  framework that would
aid public and private decision-makers to make decisions  crucial  to the
economic  development and environmental  quality of Humboldt County.   The
issue of  economic  growth versus  environmental quality is  particularly im-
portant  in Humboldt County since it contains abundant natural  resources
(timber,  fisheries, wildlife) and because its economic  vitality depends
heavily on natural resource-based industries: forest products  (primarily)
and fisheries and  recreation-tourism (secondarily).   In addition, the


(3) Thus, an aij coefficient in  1-0 gives the amount from  industry  1
    necessary to produce one unit of commodity j  while  in  LP the  a^
    coefficient is ?he quantity of  the 1th  input  required  to produce
    one unit  of output.
                                     95

-------
depressed nature of the economy (leading  to high  average  and  seasonal  un-
employment) increases the importance of current and  future  decisions.

     Thus, the specific objectives of the study were to construct an inter-
industry model in which natural resource-based industries were emphasized,
and to make 1980 projections of the county economy under alternative out-
put specifications, or final demand for,  those natural  resource industries
most likely to be affected by environmental decisionsW.

     The model was "partially" open in that the household sector was endo-
genous while exports and state and local  governments were autonomous, thus
constituting  "final demand".

     The  industry data used to construct the transactions table  (which
ultimately contained 28 sectors) were primarily secondary,  although a
personal  survey of businesses was carried out  (mainly in the natural resour-
ces  sectors)  to collect cost information from certain firms.  Government
sector data came from  both  published sources and city budgets.   Household
output  ("output" since  it was  endogenous) was  specified  as being equal to
personal  income, while  the  distribution  of  expenditures  was  based on
patterns  found  in  similar areas  in  the Western U.S.

      Output multipliers  (from  the  interdependence table) are used to  evalu-
ate the  local output impact of increases in final demand (exports,  includ-
 ing tourist  expenditures, and  nonlocal government).  Typically,  low output
multipliers were  found for  industries  that imported most of  their inputs
 thus creating few  backward  linkages (example,  food  processing).

      Of more interest in the  Humboldt County  study  was the derivation of
 two types of income multipliers.  The "Type I multiplier"  was the ratio of
 direct plus indirect to direct household income  generated  by a unit increase
 in final demand.   For example, in the Seafood Processing Industry a $1
 increase in final  demand (exports in this case)  could  lead directly to an
 additional $.36 local income and indirectly (through strong  linkages) to
 an additional $.45 in local income.  The Type I  multiplier is equal to the
 sum  ($.36 plus $.45) divided by $.36, or 2.25.

      The  "Type II multiplier" shows the ratio of direct, indirect,  plus,
 induced  income to direct income generated  by a $1 increase  in final demand.
 This additional induced income  is  that  proportion of direct and indirect
 increases estimated to be  spent within  the County, thus creating additional
 multiplier effects  through demands on local industries.
  (4) These alternative  specifications  included variations in the level of
      cut in the lumber  industry,  size  of catch in the fisheries industry,
      level of recreation-tourism  activity, and level of certain government
      activities related to  the  environment.
                                       96

-------
      The use of the 1-0 model  to make 1980 projections  yielded  results
 with important policy implications for the County.   It  was  found  that
 prospective output increases in nonlumber sectors of the  economy  would  be
 offset by decreases in lumber  output because of the effects of  technological
 change(5j, employment would likely decrease from 1969 levels.   This
 suggests that, in the absence  of new employment creating  firms, large
 amounts of nonlocal  government expenditures will  be required just to
 maintain employment levels.  The bleak employment picture also  raises
 questions about school  financing (with a  dwindling  tax  base) and  suggests
 a  policy of encoruaging out-migration.

      b.   Laurent-Hite Economic - Ecologic Regional  Model

      Recognizing that economic development creates  (exports) environmental
 externalities  and that  the  ecologic  system in turn  exports  various products
 to  the economic  system(6),  Laurent and  Hite (1971)  formulate an economic-
 ecologic model  based  on input-output  analysis that  incorporates both
 environmental  and pecuniary  values.   The  model  is given empirical  content
 by  (V)  developing a  31  sector  1-0  model for Charleston, S.C., a small
 coastal  economy;  (2)  identifying and  quantifying some relevant economic-
 environmental  linkages;  (3)  developing  environmental-income  multipliers, i.e.
 the  environmental  impact per dollar of  income generated by  the 31  sectors.
 Finally,  the use of the model  in environmental  planning (particularly
 resource  management and zoning  decisions)  is discussed.

     The  theoretical  underpinnings of the model are as follows: using a
 Leontief(') model  as  a  base, a  general  equilibrium approach  is conceived
 in which  materials move from the environment to the economy  and then back
 to the environment.

     The  ecologic  system consists of a  large number of interdependent acti-
vities  involving  inputs and outputs.  Commodities (materials) are  exported
from the  ecologic  system to the  economic  (processing sector) system,  change


 (5) Technological  change was accounted for through labor productivity only.
    Wage  increases of workers were assumed to match  increases in average
    product per worker as projected using U.S. trends.  The  authors  deemed
    this approach to technological change to be superior to  the  best
    practices" approach (assuming the average firm in the  future will  use
    the technology currently employed by the most advanced firms)  suggested
    by Miernyk (1965).

(6) This conceptual framework parallels that of  Ayres and  Kneese (1970)  in
    which environmental pollution is conceived of as a materials balance
    problem.  That is, if man uses materials from the environment  he must
    return the residuals of these materials to the environment.

(7)  The Leontief model, is,  in  effect, the generic name  for  the  basic  1-0
    model as developed in Leontief (1951,  1966)  and  refined  by several other
    authors.
                                      97

-------
form, and are then exported back to the environment^   .   By conceiving
of environmental  resources in this  way and  by closing  the household sector
into the endogenous part of the model  (hence  removing  the labor constraint
on production), the only input constraint on  production  is the amount of
resources available.  By varying the amount of resources available and
computing their effects on the economic-ecologic system, alternative resource
management shemes can be evaluated.

     Operation of Model

     The final version of the model closed the household and all government
sectors into the endogenous part of the 1-0 table.   The  actual 1-0 table
was constructed primarily on the basis of field survey data supplemented
in a few cases by secondary data.

     The 1-0 table was used to obtain the table of interdependence coe-
fficients and the usual multipliers were obtained showing the income effects
of direct and indirect increases of export sales for given sectors.

     A 17 x 28 environmental matrix (data obtained from secondary) sources
was formulated to represent 17 environmental  goods and their use by 28
economic sectors.  One limitation of the study is that environmental
emissions had to be placed in the sector to which they were most closely
linearly related.  Thus, auto emissions are charged to service stations
rather than households^).

     The next step in  the empirical operation of the model is to derive the
R matrix of direct and indirect environmental impacts (see previous foot-
note).  The direct effects come about because some sectors draw directly
 (8) The actual linkage of the economic and ecologic models was performed by
    post-multiplying the environmental linkages matrix (ecologic system) by
    the inverse matrix of the input-output model:

               (E)  (1 - A)"1 = (R)

    where:   E = matrix of inflows to and outflows from the economy to the
                environment;
             (1 - A)"' = inverse matrix of 1-0 model;
             R = matrix of direct and indirect environmental impacts of each
                economic sector.

 (9) There may be no way to avoid this.  That is, auto emissions are not char-
    ged to  the sector most responsible for them.  On the other hand, exhaust
    emissions are more likely to increase linearly with gasoline sales than
    with household  income.  The problem is that of the linearity assumption
    of the  1-0 model.  For example, it is necessary to assume that auto emi-
    ssions  per dollar of household income are the same for any level of
    income  in order to charge auto emissions to the household sector.
                                       98

-------
 on resources; the indirect effects because other sectors purchase inputs
 from sectors that draw directly on resources.  Thus, all sectors are in
 some way responsible for resource utilization.

      The economic-ecologic model is then used to derive environmental -
 income multipliers, i.e., the direct and indirect environmental  linkages
 per dollar of pecuniary income generated in the various sectors.   These
 multipliers have significant planning implications'10).  For example, a
 policy making body intent on maintaining supplies of regional  natural
 resources will  use the multipliers to determine which sectors  can expand
 with the least environmental usage per dollar of income generated.   Simi-
 larly, regional  authorities can decide what types of industries  should  be
 encouraged to locate in the Charleston area, given existing  technology
 and the trade-offs between income generation and resource utilization.

      Resource utilization is only part of the environmental  problem,  the
 other part being emissions.   Thus, planners are faced with three  variables
 in  their decisions:  resource utilization, income generation, and  pollution
 generation.   If  the researcher can accept the underlying assumptions of
 the model,  it is a comprehensive tool  to analyze the trade-offs between
 these variables.  The  model  extends 1-0 analysis beyond the consideration
 of  income and jobs as  the only important development parameters^1'I.

      The necessity of  updating the environmental  coefficients  should be
 kept  in mind.  As  mentioned  in footnote 10,  the estimated  environmental
 coefficients  are,  at best approximations  of the true coefficients.  This
 problem is further complicated by  the  assumption of  static technology.
 Thus, coefficients  in  the environmental matrix  are based upon  current
 intakes  and discharges  and each  column  in the 1-0 table  represents current
 purchases, given the technology  in  place.   Allowing  for  alternative treat-
 ment  levels (for example, waste  treatment) would require additional environ-
 mental matrices  and the 1-0 model would require  changes  in purchasing
 patterns  for  each  level of treatment.   The  researcher would be faced with
 combining the 1-0  table with different  environmental matrices.


TlO) The  implications must be  considered  in relation to the data used.
     For example,  the environmental coefficients are at best   ballpark
     estimates,  having been generated in  large part from engineering data.
     However, there is always the possibility of updating the coefficients
     as new knowledge becomes available.

 (11) Laurent and Hite esentially ignore the job question.  Unemployment
     may be low  in Charleston, but in other areas, notably California, the
     trade-offs between environmental quality and employment  creation are
     extremely important.   The Dow Chemical decision is a notable  example.
                                     99

-------
     One alternative to the problems discussed above would be to include
various sets of 1-0 and environmental  matrices into a comparative static
programming model  in which one could analyze the effects of different levels
of economic activity and changing treatment levels.  The major constraint
on this type of analysis would be the availability of the extensive data
required.

     c.  Summary:  Application of 1-0 analysis

     One shortcoming of the Humboldt County model was its exclusion of an
environmental matrix - especially given Humboldt County's rich endowment
of natural resources.  This exclusion may be due in part to the focus of
the study on income and employment.  The timber resource was viewed as
something to be exploited, not preserved.  The authors do point out that
over the long run the "amenity resources" value of Humboldt County would
likely  improve.  If so, some methods of incorporating "amenity resources"
lost due to development (perhaps by means of an environmental matrix)
should  have been included.

     1-0 models are relevant to the problem of air pollution and its effects
on the  agricultural sector.  We are interested in the interrelationships of
agriculture and the non-agricultural economy, specifically in what effects
the polluting non-agricultural sector has on the non-polluting  (in terms
of air  quality) agricultural sector.  From a positive viewpoint we are
interested  in what effects air pollution damage in agriculture has on
agriculture-related sectors.  We also wish to project the consequences of
alleviating air pollution  damage on agriculture and related sectors.

     What we are losing in 1-0 analysis and what might  be gained by a
spatial equilibrium approach  (see VII,B) is allowance for riskiness in
farmers' decisions given  the prospect of pollution damage to crops, the
specification  of alternative cropping activities  (recognizing that pollu-
tion affects crops  in  different ways), and the possibility of observing
welfare gains  and  losses  due to adjustments to air pollution and projected
gains  and  losses directly by calculating the model maximand  for alterna-
tive air pollution  abatement policies.

      2. Methodological Appendix

      a.  Building  an  1-0  Model

      Regardless of  whether the  researcher  is  interested in a  national,
 interregional,  regional,  or  community-based model,  three general stages  of
 analysis are  involved.

      The first stage  (and the major effort in  building  the model)  is  the
 construction  of a  transactions  table.  This  involves  defining relevant
 economic sectors  and  allocating  the output of  each sector to a  purchasing
 or using sector.   Since the  construction of  a  workable  model  will  require
 some  aggregation  of sectors,  transactions  (or  flows)  are converted to money
                                     100

-------
 units.   The number of entries  required  in  the  transactions table is approxv
 mately  the square of the -number  of sectors defined because of the double
 entry accounting  of the dollar flows  of all  goods and services.

      1-0 models are referred to  as open or closed depending upon whether
 all  sectors are endogenous  (closed) or  whether some sectors (notably,
 household, government,  exports)  are autonomous or "outside  the system.

      The second stage in the analysis is to  obtain a table of input-output
 coefficients in which the elements relate  the  amount of inputs (in dollars)
 required from each sector to produce  a  dollar's worth of output for any
 given sector.  The basic assumption made here  is that the coefficient is
 measured from a single  (and current)  observation of the ratio between the
 transaction of one sector to another  and the gross output of the receiving
 sector.

      The third stage of 1-0 model  building is  to develop a table of inter-
 dependence coefficients.  Each coefficient summarized both the direct and
 indirect dependence of  one sector  on  another.  Although the interdependence
 table may be summarized in several  ways, the most common is to determine
 output multipliers (by  vertical  summation  of the columns).  These give
 thitFtal  value of inputs generated from all sectors associated with a one
 dollar sale to final  using sectors.   Other.types of multip Jers.^e income
 and  employment multipliers and will be  defined in a later 'Applications of
 1-0  Analysis"  section.

      b.   Example  of an  Open Static 1-0  System

      We  will  illustrate the basic  model by means of an illustration found
 in Gass  (1969).

      The following is an  input-output table  of a 3 industry economy (rail-
 road, steel ,  coal ):
          iTTii - sales - sales    sales    sales to        Total
          to RR   to stlel  to coal  to other final demand     sales
RR sales
steel
sales
Coal
sales
Other
sales
xn
X21

X31

x41
X12
X22
w
*32

X42
                              X]3      X]4
                              X43
The elements may be interpreted as follows (examples):
     X12 = sales of rail road industry to steel  industry
     X32 = sales of coal industry to steel
                                     101

-------
     Y2 = sales to steel  industry to final  demand

     All sales are in dollars.   Final  demand  in  this  case  includes  foreign
trade, government operations,  and households.  The  definition  of  final
demand may vary as one or more elements  may be considered  as endogenous
instead of autonomous.  Also,  such items as inventory accumulation  and net
investment could be part of final demand or could be  classified as  producing
sectors.  Actual classification depends  upon  objectives  of the research.
X] = final bill of goods of railroad industry.   Each  row may be interpreted
as a sales row; each column as a purchases  column.

     By specifying:  X-j > 0

                     Y]J>"O
we can summarize the table in  a system of linear relationships for  a  base
period:
                   - xi2 - x13 -

          X2 - X2]  - X22 - X23 - X24 = Y2

          X3 - X31  - X32 - X33 - X34 = Y3
          X4 - X4i  - X42 - X43 - X44 = Y4

The first eauation  (for example) states that the total  sales  of the railroad
industry minus sales to individual  industries equals  what is  left over  for
final consumers.                                	

     Now let us define an input-output coefficient as:

                      X- •
         0 < a,--  =  ——  = amount °f industry 1 necessary to produce
           ~  1J      Xj     one unit of commodity

Since X^ = a^-Xj we can substitute for the Xjj's in  our base period system:

          xl - ail*] - ai2X2 - a]3X3 - ai4X4 = Y]
          X2 - 32iXi - a22X2 - a23X3 - a24X4 = Y2

          X3 - 331X1 - a32X2 - a33X3 - a34X4 = Y3
          X4 - 341X1 - a42X2 - a43X3 - a44X4 = Y4

In matrix form this system can be written as:

          (I - A) X = Y   ^

where  A = [aij];   X -  ^    ;     Y =

                          X4                  Y4

and  (I - A) is known as the Leontief matrix.
                                     102

-------
      With this linear structure of our simple economy we can  determine  a
 production vector X which satisfies our final demand vector Y.   That  is
 find X such that:

                       X 2 0

                  (I - A) X = Y

 where:  A = 1-0 coefficient matrix.
 Solution of the system for the required levels of X  to meet final  demands
 Y is given by:

                  X = (I - A}"1  Y
      We can also formulate this as  a  programming  problem by allowing  pro-
 duction to fall  short of final  demand requirements,  i.e.,

                  (I - A) X <  Y
 Thus,  we introduce a vector of slack  variables W:
                  (I - A) X + W = Y
 In  addition, we  introduce an  objective function c'X.   This function may
 represent total  profit or the output  of one industry  or  some combination
 of  industries  (or for a given regional  problem we  might  want to maximize
 total  employment).

     Additionally,  we will  specify  that the production  (activity) level  of
 each industry  is  constrained  by known  capacity levels  L, i.e., X $ L.
 Another  vector U  will  represent unused  capacity.   Finally, allowing for
 the  stockpiling  of  finished goods available from production in previous
 periods  we introduce  a  vector S.

     Thus,  our entire problem can be stated in LP form as:

           max  c X
       subject to:   (I  -  A) X + W = Y -  S
                           X  +  U  = L

                                 X ;> 0


     c.  LP Formulation of a Dynamic 1-0 System

     Dynamic input-output theory is a natural  extension of the static  and
comes from consideration of intersectoral dependence  involving time lags
or rates of change over time.  The theoretical basis  "Prided  by the
relations  between stocks and flows in a system of structural relations.

     In a  study concerning the effects of air  pollution in agriculture the
researcher would want to know both the static  and  dynamic direct  and in-
dirlct effects of crop yield changes due to air pollution (and subsequent
                                     103

-------
changes in crop mix,  total  output,  producers'  and  consumers' surplus) on_
such parameters as regional  employment,  gross  regional  product, and the
output and employment levels of  industries  interrelated  to agriculture.

     In other words,  how will  current  decisions  to limit air pollution
emissions affect agriculture and the emitting  sectors  directly and in
future time periods?   Interrelated  sectors  (for  example, agricultural
processors and suppliers to emitting firms) will be affected indirectly  in
current and future time periods. Thus,  current  air pollution standards
have important implications for  regional  development.

     We may extend the static model example above  to multiple time periods
by making the following changesU2):

         n = number of time periods considered

         t = 1, 2, ..... n = particular time periods

        xt = (xtl> Xt2 ...... Xtm) = production vector
        Yt = (Ytl. Yt2 .....  , Ytm) = final demand  vector

        st = (                       ) = storage vector

        ut = (                       ) = unused  capacity vector


     The major change is that we must  provide  for  the  expansion of capacity
to meet future final  demand requirements.  That  is, we must allow for
population and economic growth.

     Let:  Vt = vector of additional available capacities

            B = matrix of capital coefficients in  which the jth column
                represents the inputs  from each  industry necessary to build
Thon   fho -sth v, an J Jltlonal uniJ  of  caPacity for the jth  industry.
Then,  the ith row of the product B  Vt  represents the amount of the 1th
                           t0 bUild additional "P^ity in  time period  t
     We can summarize the new conditions as follows:

          (I -*A) Xt + St-i = Yt + B Vt + St                       (1)


          Xt+"t=L+V  Vq


Equation 1 states that total output plus previous stocks equals the final
demand and capital expansion requirements for output plus the current period's
unused stocks.  Equation 2 states that total used and unused production
 (T2) Model given in Wagner (1954).
                                     104

-------
 equals initial production capacity plus previous  increases  in  production
 capacity.

      Equations 1  and 2 may be rewritten in the format  of  typical LP
 constraints:
          (I - A)  Xt - B Vt -  St + St_!  = Yt                       (3)

          X, - V   V  + Ut =  L                                    (4)
           t   q=1    q    t

      d.   Problem  Areas in 1-0 Analysis

      Some of  the  problem areas in 1-0 analysis  will be mentioned in the
 description and discussion of two regional  1-0  studies contained in sub-
 sequent  sections.   In this section we mention  two well known problems:
 aggregation and the assumption of constant  production coefficients.

      The problem  of aggregation is probably the most significant one faced
 in  a  prospective  1-0 study.   By aggregation, we mean the process of com-
 bining industries  into the economic sectors to  be analyzed.  If we aggregate
 the economy into  a fairly small  number  of sectors (that may be consistent
 with  time and funds available)!13', we  may  lose important details of
 specific products  and industries.  On the other hand, an appropriately
 disaggregated model  for a given  set of  research objectives will be very
 expensive with respect to clerical and  computational needs, although the
 researcher gains  in predictive  reliability.

      There are several  alternative bases for aggregation.   One might aggre-
 gate  industries which  have similar production functions, or similar rates
 of  technical  change,  or that  feed  into  homogeneous consuming industries.
 General  procedures  that may be followed are to  define sectors_so as to
 minimize  intersector  transactions  and to maintain similarity in input
 structures  among the  products of any sector.  Unless some means is  found
 to  break  down  aggregates  into flows to  industries, aggregation  can  be no
more  refined  than  that  allowed by  available data sources.

      The  assumption of  constant production coefficients is the  most Citing
 assumption  of  1-0  analysis.  Since production coefficients largely  reflect
 existing  technological  relations,  the assumption of  constant coefficients
means unchanging or constant technology.  The use of constant coefficients
does  not  reflect real world conditions in the following areas.


'(13) As the nuniber Of sectors  decreases  the tremendous  data  collection
     job necessary for  1-0 studies becomes less costly.and time consuming.
     JS?mpsoeneandr^mS  (1975)  have shown how to "iS?1JJ1JxJ;S|grSS
     the transactions or technical coefficients matrix  of  ex sting  I  0
     studies in order to determine output and  income multipliers for
     product lines.
                                    105

-------
     (1) Economies of scale (present in most industries);
     (2) Localization external economies (i.e., similar plants agglomerate
        in one place);
     (3) Urbanization external economies (dissimilar plants agglomerate in
        one place);
     (4) Price changes  (lack of relative price changes means that substi-
        tutions among  inputs cannot be induced);
     (5) Technological  change: where technological advance leads to a
        regular pattern of change in input requirements for an industry,
        coefficients may be reasonably extrapolated; where change is
        unpredictable  (including the introduction of new products), the
        use of the model for projection is limited;
     (6) Finally, projections made on the basis of constant coefficients
        limits the use of the model for projection'14J;
     (7) Finally, projections made on the basis of constant coefficients
        abstract from  the roles of expectations in the behavior of
        entrepreneurs, governmental units, and consumers.
(14)  Note that  the  introduction of pollution control policies, if they are
     efficiently  implemented, implies technological change
                                    106

-------
      B.   REGIONAL SPATIAL PROGRAMING MODELS

      Among spatial  aspects of agriculture of traditional  interest  to agri-
 cultural  economists are land-use patterns, interregional  competition and
 supply potential.  To these we can add topics  of  contemporary  interest such
 as the interregional  effects of water quality  and quantity changes, energy
 supplies, and air quality.

      Spatial  models may be broadly defined as  any theoretical  construct
 having space  as  one component (Bawden, 1964).   Economic models that include
 space as  a component generally involve several  commodities and describe
 one or more of the following activities:  regional  location and level of
 production (both primary (farm) and secondary  (processing) stages); regional
 level  of  consumption of final  goods;  relative  and absolute prices.  The
 model  formulations  describing  these activities  include plant location models,
 regional  activity analysis models, transportation models, and  spatial equi-
 librium models.   These  formulations,  in turn,  provide several  types of
 information:  efficient  shipping patterns  (implying efficient location
 patterns), efficient production patterns  and resource allocation, fore-
 casts  of  shipping and production patterns,  forecasts of regional storage,
 consumption,  and prices,  and the effects  of changes in exogenous variables
 on the models.

      Spatial  models,  as  applied,  have  attempted to provide information on
 the  following  areas0):                                      ,  .  ,
      (1)  Allocation  of  production  and  land-use under free market (compe-
          titive  equilibrium) conditions versus the allocation under land
          retirement and/or marketing quota  programs;
      (2)  The  costs of alternative  government programs;
      (3)  The  effects  on  production, land-use, and  cropping patterns of
          techno!og1caT"change,  changes  in export and/or domestic demand,
          and  energy shortages;
      (4)  The  impacts  of alternative development projects;
      (5)  Optimal   sizes, numbers, and location of processing plants.

     A few general remarks  are pertinent concerning the difference between
spatial models and the supply response models discussed in VI,  A.   Spatial
models typically  use  a region as a basic producing unit;  supply response
models use the representative farm.  Supply response models attempt to
predict market supply under a given set of market C0l?dltlons?nu^?'^me
ignoring  interactions between farms in d fferent regions or in  the  same
region.   Spatial  models usually take explicit account of inte^gional
competition by including demand restraints and allowing  for  interregional


(1) Heady and Hall (1968) provide a brief  review of spatial models  used in
    the 1958 - 1966 period.  The basis of  these models and post -  1966 to
    present models was provided in Samuelson (1952),  Beckmann and Marschak,
    ?1955) with later developments provided by  Takayama and Judge  (1964).
                                    107

-------
shipment of commodities.  Additional, and more specific differences in
spatial and supply response models will  be discussed in the subsequent
sections.

     There are also differences among spatial  models that are pertinent to
analyzing air pollution effects on producers,  processors, and consumers.
Following Bawden (1964) we may classify spatial  models as standard equi-
librium °r activity analysis models.   The standard equilibrium modeliT
characterized by:
     (1) discrete producing and consuming regions;
     (2) quantities supplied and demanded may  be predetermined or endogenous
         to the system;                                               y
     (3) unit transfer costs are specified between producing and consuming
         points;
     (4) given that production and consumption are endogenous, equilibrium
         quantities of production, consumption,  imports and exports,  and
         absolute prices are specified under the assumption of profit maxi-
         mizing behavior;                                      K
     (5) the solution is consistent with regional  and total profit (net
            l   Pr?duct) maximization and transfer cost minimization;
             JH  J  xay ln<:orporate  many commodities interrelated in supply

                                     f°r
         nr^p^n9H°nS' blf Can determin* market  boundaries  within  model;
         predetermined or endogenous  demand;
     (3) generates own supply relationships  instead  of  relying  on  explicit
     (41 rPnP?±IUnCtl°nS 'V"  tdndard  ^1™^ model!
      5
        id^ol S^InpH? ^V^ ^  are  similar with  the main  dl'ffer


         lS! ?K?nng7R^ 1S'  " deriV6d ^ ll!S"Sii™ (LP)
aM?^^^^
                                      108

-------
      The research implications of these differences  are  as  follows:
 standard equilibrium models with econometrically estimated  supply equa-
 tions would be best for analyzing the short-run  effects  of  changing govern-
 ment programs (price supports, acreage allotment) or other  exogenous vari-
 ables such as pollution standards.   However,  the long run effects of such
 exogenous changes would better be analyzed  by either activity analysis or
 standard equilibrium models with supply derived  by LP or RP methods.

      One further difference in spatial  models should be  noted: the linear
 versus nonlinear model.  In the linear version we assume that demand
 (whether regional  or national) is known.  The appropriate objective function
 is  one of minimizing the production  and transport costs  of  a final bill
 of  goods(2).

      The nonlinear case occurs when  prices  and quantities demanded are not
 given as a priori  knowledge,  but instead are  variables whose values we
 want to d?te7mThT simultaneously with supply.  Demands are  represented by
 continuous linear  functions.
      1
Nonlinear Spatial Programming Model:  An Example
     Before outlining  the basic model, we note that the same assumptions
and limitations  apply  to spatial programming models as applied to the
programming models discussed in VI, A.  We are extending the firm and
aggregate supply response models in VI, A to the whole market, i.e., pro-
ducers and consumers.  The thre« major differences between the f rm and
market models are that in the latter we have homogeneous P^uction
regions, endogenous demand, and a maximand of net social payoff (instead
of net revenues).

     We will define the following symbols and equations according to those
in Hall et al_.  (1968):

     K consumption regions;  H production regions
     bhk = vector of primary resources for production region h in consumption

     Xhk = vector" of output levels for production region h in consumption

     Ahk . in&u'tput matrix relating bhk to a unit of xnk
     pk  = vector of prices for elements of dk (see below)
     Chk = vector of costs associated with X"*             ..
     Uhk = victor of imputed values of primary resources,  bhk
     SJk = vector of shipments from market j  to k
     tJk = vector of unit shipping costs associated with S3*


12) Among the formulations of this model are Egbert and Heady (1961) and
    Heady and Whittlesey (1965).
                                     109

-------
         Linear demand system:   dk = dj< + Dk  Pk
     d|< = vector of quantities  demanded
     dg = vector of constants
     DK = matrix of constants (negative semi definite)
The problem:
MAXIMIZE  f(xhk, pk, uhk, Sjk)  =  jj  { (dk + Dkpk).pk _  g  chkxnk _   ? Uhkbhk}
                                 k=l                   h=l           h=l
                                  -  i  i tJksJk                     n)
                                     jVk                           ( ' '
subject to:
     AhkXhk < bhk
     Pk . (Ahk)'uhk ; Chk
             z  (sjk . Skj)  .      Xhk < . dk
     PJ-Rk^tkj            h=l     -    o
     pk . pj ,. tjk = tkj
     xhk  nhk  ^jk  pk  n
     A  »  u  » J   »  P   > 0
Interpretation of equations:
(1) Quadratic objective function
      (dk + Dkpk)tpk = Total

      chkxhk = Production costs
      Uhkbhk = imputed land rent, etc.
      tJksJk = Transportation costs

      Sn !uSlUli°?nf^l!%1mpK?d ValU6S Of scarce ^sources in the objective
                  1          *"" * ^^ ^^ in Which there is
that ?heeconc?ra{^ ^fc?ncave (since Dk 1s negative semidefinite)  and
programming  (QP)ln  ^ 1S n°n6mpty' the problem is *°^ «1ng  quadratic
(2) Resource  use cannot exceed availability
(3) Marginal  returns from an activity «st be less than or equal  to marginal
                                                 °r e
-------
      2.  Applications

      The basic aggregate programming model discussed in this section  involves
 the interface of a market demand structure with a supply model  to  obtain
 simultaneous determination of the equilibrium levels of production and
 prices.  Under the assumption of a perfectly competitive environment
 Samuelson (1952) showed that the appropriate objective function is the
 maximization of net social payoff (NSP) or the sum of producer  and consumer
 surpluses (PS + CS)(3)

      Takayama and Judge (1964) extended this objective function to obtain
 a quadratic  programming solution for multiproduct markets.   They also
 showed  how the model  could be modified  to include multiple  time periods.
 Duloy and Norton (1973) showed how LP approximations of QP  solutions could
 be obtained  in sector models.   Hazel 1 and Scandizzo (1973,  1974) modify
 the Duloy-Norton objective function to  incorporate risk averse  behavior,
 i.e., assume that farmers  behave according to an  E-V decision criterion^;.

      The  NSP ( = PS + CS ) maximand specification ensures that  the  optimal
 solution  will  be a competitive market equilibrium and  allows for the
 identification of gainers  and  losers due  to  policy actions.  For example,
 allowing  air pollution to  continue  at current or  increased  levels  (assuming
 that standards will not be set immediately)  may lead  to  adverse soical
 effects,  that  is,  on  producers or consumers,  or both.  On the other hand,
 air  pollution  abatement hypothetically may lead to a  net social  gain but
 with consumers  gaining (through  increased  production and lower prices) at
 the  expense  of producers  (expanded  supply  and  inelastic demand leading
 to  lower  prices  and revenues).   The possibility may then be raised of
 compensation of  the losers  by  the gainers.

     Risk  inclusion is  important because in  deterministic risk free models
 the  production of  high  risk crops is typically overestimated.  Variations
 in income associated with  any  crop are, of course, due to yield  and/or
 price variability.  By  specifying risk averse behavior, the solution will


'(3) Samuelson developed this welfare maximization problem in thecontext  of
    spatial equilibrium among spatially separated markets.   In h s  analysis
    of interregional trade, back-to-back graphs (with a positively  sloping
    excess supply function in one region) are used in which  social  payoff
    in any region is the area under the excess demand curve  (which  is  equal
    to the area under the excess supply curve but opposite  in sign).  In the
    absence of better measures, PS and CS are measure the dollar values of
    producers'  and consumers'  welfare.

(4) Hazell and Scandizzo (1974) develop  the appropriate aggregate objective
    function  when farmers are assumed to maximize  E-V utility (see  VI, A
    for  further discussion of the E-V criterion).   Hazell and Scandizzo
    0973   show how the objective function may be  modified to handle other
    probabilistic decision criteria:  notably the type  in  wh  ch the  risk
    aversion  coefficient is measured in  standard deviation units.
                                     Ill

-------
avoid high acreages  of high  risk  crops.   In addition, given that many high
risk crops are also  high value  crops,  risk  inclusion will prevent over-
statement of the returns to  investment.

     Again, there are implications  pertaining to the air pollution problem.
Given levels of air  pollution are going  to  alter the risk patterns of crops
in different ways since some crops  will  be more adversely affected than
others.   By incorporating risk  averse  behavior we hope to account for these
differential risk patterns and  derive  realistic cropping patterns.

     a.   Duloy - Norton Model

     The Duloy-Norton (1973) model  (CHAC) is a comparative static risk-
free model of Mexican agriculture.  Many of the attributes of this model
apply equally to the Adams  (1975) model  of  California agriculture which is
discussed in section b.

     The production  system in the CHAC model is composed of 20 geographic
submodels.  Each is  solved to yield returns on fixed investments.  For
example, in low income agriculture, investments in new machinery or new
seed (i.e., new technology)  are particularly important.  In the aggregate
sector model, the effects of interregional  competition on estimated returns
are examined.

     The sector model describes the production imports, domestic demand,
and exports of 33 short-cycle crops.   The production of these crops in the
20 aceas is represented by 2300 different production techniques.

     The demand structure is price  dependent (i.e., price is a function of
quantity), hence market clearing  prices  are endogenous.  With a few special
exceptions, demand functions are  national.  The general benefits of the
price endogenous demand structure are  that  it prevents overspecialization
in cropping activities (the  negatively sloped demand curves serve as constra-
ints), thus enabling the model  to more realistically portray actual con-
ditions, and it permits appraisal of the distribution of benefits between
consumers and producers accruing  from  increases in agricultural production.
   nL    -fi1? KreSt u° ?  devel°P1n9 economy, this specification also
         ?i ll  ruSr Su5s^ltution to occur  through changes in domestic
                 X   model such substitution can also occur through changes
            Xn°r    °!i9  C5an?6S  1n the  commodity <"ix of exports.  Finally,
            Hr! product Price taxes> exP°rt sub-
  n  ™iiHp< nn nS  ?J   9e i"*8' ™e effects of these alternative govern-
zedM           Profits, employment and other variables may also be analy-
TsTThFperfectly competitive model  can  also  be modified  to  represent a

    will be substantially different.
                                    112

-------
      Note also that the demand structure is not completely interdependent.
 That is, demand functions are defined by commodity groups  and  substitution
 is allowed only within groups, not among groups (i.e.,  cross-price elasti-
 cities equal zero).

      The Duloy-Norton objective function (and the risk  free Adams objective
 function) are conceptually written as follows:

 (1) Assuming linear demand functions and zero cross-price  elasticities we
     have the demand function:

          P = a + B q

     where  P = price vectro
            q = quantity vector
            B = negative diagonal  matrix of  slope  coefficients

 (2) Assume the following vector of total  cost functions:

          c (q)

 (3) Thus, under perfect competition the objective function  is:

          Z = q [a  + ]5  B Q ]  - c  (q)
                                                             dZ
     and  the first  order conditions  are  (obtained  by setting -—- = 0):

          P = a + Bq  =  c'  (q)= marginal  cost (MC)

 (4) We can decompose  Z  into the sum of  two  things:

          Consumer  Surplus  (CS)  =  .5 q1  [a - P] =  .5 q1 B q

          Producers' Surplus (PS)  =  q1 P - c (q) = q1 [a + B q] - c q

     That  is,  the objective function is  net  social payoff or the sum of CS
     and PS.

     Operationally, the  net social  payoff maximand (NSP) in the Duloy-
Norton model may be verbally represented as:          n™,^ mctd
maximize  Z -  [sum  of CS  and PS] + [export earnings] - [import costs]
             -  [total labor costs]  - [total  long term capital costs]
             -  [interest on short term debt] - [seed costs] - [chemical costs]
             -  [draft animal service costs]  - [gravity water costs]
             -  [well water costs] - [increments in gravity  water cost]
             -  [increments to well water cost] + [district  crop price  differ-
             ences]

     The farmers' total  profit function serves as  a contract to the NSP
function In5?s identical to the NSP function except for the following
differreces:
                                     113

-------
     (1) maximized profit  instead of NSP;
     (2) gross revenue from domestic sales replaces sum  of  CS  and  PS;
     (3) interest on  long  term capital replaces total  long  term capital costs;
To obtain total  farm  income add the following term to  the profit function:
     (1) farmers wage income;
To obtain total  sector income, do the following:
     (1) delete  total  labor costs;
     (2) remove  labor cost element from interest on long term  capital.

     b.  Adams Model
     Adams (1975)  formulated a short run comparative static OP model that
analyzes the effects of alternative commodity price  levels, energy availa-
bility  evels,  and energy input levels on irrigated  acreage, total output,
regional cropping  patterns, the demand for land,  water, fuel, and other
inputs, and the resulting changes in producer and consumer welfare.  Since
the spatial allocation of production was not of concern to Adams, there
are no transportation costs included.

     The model  encompasses 19 crops (hence, 19 demand functions extended
fL?  J0.1;01^6 appropriate seasonal effects) and 14 production regions
irrn^n  1° h      "comodate 2 soil types).  Each region is defined
according to homogenous climate, water, and soil  types.  For the air pollu-
nnnnHon ?!*? mi9ht.deJ1n? production regions according to homogenous
pollution levels or air basins as well.

     Yield response functions were developed to permit evaluation of the
     fr?SntI Mn °t r^ucl\on5 ^ fertilizer.   The matrices of technical
     icients (input-output) are formulated to reflect the lower yields due
to fertilizer reductions.  Similarly, we propose  the use of yield response
functions to evaluate the effects on yields of alternative pollution levels.

     As in the  Duloy-Norton model, the demand structure was orice endogenous




                              ™" >
in gross domestic  product or per capita income.
and teazellcanSf  nnwnnS •  ^thes1s  <*  the Duloy-Norton function
ana ine tiazeii-bcandizzo work on risk incorporation   That i*  X/^IH
variability  coefficients (previously estimated In another slud/Tact as
proxies for  the subjective risk faced by fanners   The price d™and struc-
ture ,s assumed to be nonstochastlc.  T^is  approach undeTstates tte actual
                           PS be der1Ved under v^ --estrictive assumptions
                                                                 n,ay Ke
                                    114

-------
 subjective risk faced by fanners,  but  such  data may  be obtained only by
 interview which would be very time consuming  and  costly  in a statewide
 study.   On the other hand,  in a regional  sutdy based on  representative
 farms,  interview procedures would  be feasible.
      Adams'  risk free objective function which maximizes NSP may be written
 as:
                                            r
          -  £ C,      X,jk  + 1  d,      X.k  -       T V C1jk

where:   C,-  = intercept of demand  function for crop i
            = slope  coefficient of demand  function for crop i
            = production of crop i  in region j by process k
            = total  variable cost  (exclusive of land and management) of
              producing a  unit of  crop  i in region j by process k.
      r,  s,  t,  are upper limits on commodities, regions and processes.

      The objective  function with  risk  included may be written in matrix
notation as:

   Max Z =  C X +  .5 X'DX  -  TVC -  * JVC

Thus, it is  the same as the risk-free function except for the appearance
of a  vector  of risk coefficients  (  ) as an additional cost element.
Risk  in  this  case may  be  interpreted as the additional expected return
demanded by  farmers  in  return for assuming risk.  The risk cost for each
crop  is  the  product  of  variable cost and yield variability.

     The constraints in the Adams model are soil acreage by type, aPPjjed
irrigation water, several  purchased  inputs (gasoline, diesel  fuel, nitrogen
fertilizer,  pesticides),  institutional  (total production and regional
processing capacity),  and  the usual  non-negativity conditions.

     The  procedures  for obtaining a  solution differ .between the Adams and
Duloy-Norton models.  Adams uses quadratic ProgrammingjQP) *° °™roxima-
competitive equilibrium solution while.Du oy and Norton use LPapproxima
tion procedures.  Their technique is similar to the grid linearization method
of s^aTable programming.    Hazel 1  and Scandizzo also  propose  methods < of
linearizing quadratic terms to ease  computional  Problems.
nn  i    ...    ._ ____  -i-ui-   1-,^,-t/-, c/~aia  nuaHrat.ir; nroDiems
                                                           However,  if a
  nearzng quaraic  erms                            .
QP algorithm^ available, large scale ^^fatjcuPr°bl^saSnrox?ma? ons
fairly easily, thus precluding the necessity of using LP approximations.

     Some of Adams' results and their implications will  be briefly mentioned
to illustrate the benefits of using the NSP objective function.  .By incor-
porliing Hsk into the model, Adams found that consumer  surplus   CS  was
reduced (from the non-risk case) by 22 percent while producers  surplus (PS)
                                      115

-------
was reduced only 1.5  percent <7).  These relative changes  were  due  to farmers'
decisions to increase the production of less risky (and price  elastic)
field crops while cutting back on high risk (but price inelastic)  vegetable
crops.                                                            3
                °tuse!!er? energy shortages varied in their  distributional
 s      r?«IP °H   K   I  11! fertlllzer availability significantly  reduced
PS, but CS stayed  about  the same.  This has environmental policy  implica-
tions.  For example,  the cost of a policy to reduce ground  and surface
innut     H h c°ncentriat1orV by reducing the amount of nitrogen fertilizer
input would be borne  by producers.  This raises the question of compensa-
1 1 on •
are 11°tedTar1Ze  *"' StUdy the fo11ow1n9 essential  elements of the model
  (1) specification of 28 production regions;
      9veaban6fa1n.Pl-Ce-f0l-eCaSt1^
      ^5r1!!?!ion °.f nitr»3en fertilizer response functions-

               a'°1CUU           -
           .
ilT roisa'°?nc^H^1CUU^0n °T non-land costs    production for
all  crops  —  including yield variations;

                '10^
   6  deEer^nationT'Inn^10^ ?hySiCa1'  ener^'  institutional  (estimated);
   b  determination of input requirements for each  crop-
   7  determination of regional cropping patterns and y elds-
   8  derivation of input-output coefficients by cropping activity •
  (9)  development of future projections for all of  the aboJe!
     The main  attributes of the model  are-
  (1 ) risk  inclusion;

  III
     Among  the limitations of the model  are-
  (1) limited to California, excludes rest of U S

    ' cCJsiveeUmodels(o?Uth!r^;9 t0 err°rS 1n P™^ctions; however, re-
  (3) Uck  of cross orUl^t! a^ currently unfeasible computationally);
      are d°ff1cClt t'o StSIta •  '   "' "" be handled c™P"tationally but

  (4>      '' "' ^^ 'e"er' 1'e- b* Us1"9 • Duloy-Norton kinked
                                                             total value
                                     116

-------
     3.  Summary

     In VII, B we have seen that spatial programming modles can be applied
to a wide variety of regional research topics.  The general form of the
models discussed in "Applications" involves the interface of a market
demand structure with a supply model to obtain simultaneous determination
of the equilibrium levels of production and prices.  The appropriate
objective function was the maximization of net social payoff (sum of produ-
cers' and consumers' surplus) which facilitates measuring welfare gains
and losses due to alternative policy actions.  With the additional feature
of risk incorporation, such models are capable of providing information of
use to decision makers.  We can readily derive alternative regional out-
comes due to varying such parameters as cost coefficients, ™Put-°";;P"J
relationships, and resource and institutional constraints.  Changing air
pollution levels, whether by natural occurrence or policy action, may be
indicated by the investigator by altering these parameters,  Subsequent
changes in output, cropping pattern, profits, and consumer surplus may then
be generated by the model.
                                      117

-------
                        SECTION VIII

        OVERALL  IMPACTS ON CONSUMERS DUE TO CROP YIELD CHANGES


     In this section we will review some basic concepts in suoolv and
 demand theory w th the objective of elucidating the theoretical underpinn-
 ings of the empirical techniques discussed in Section Vllnd Secti'on VI^ )
        "              1"  ^      the -IsSsiloSlnSoVv  i

                                                   sulied;
                                        is
       SsfuctJSn^nf^0!!-!;156? *-Pply func«°ns as derived from the
       cost functions of individual firms. In subsection R W

                                         '
 demands  Spvprai HQm=,nH „«   1   -••<- -syicyauiuri UT inaiviauai consumer
 aemanas.  beveral demand concepts are discussed: direct and cross-price

 ^r£s;iliuSS
 sr^SbK^A.'iSssj:!-air -"*«s "ss^ix 'lissss
                                                  Section V
2 In W!11*a5 a99re9ate Production/profit relationships   In Section VII


                           SSSffi^S^1
a:»H£=~Ssr.'.1¥."2S!,rs.i?s5it'£u
several attHhiitocV"s«"  bpatlal Programming models were found to have
anowance £r risk'mav S^hn?!^- °f Q1]do^n^ demand relationships,
speci??caeJon o'thHo  1 "   K?,^^!11 *^°nS *"* ^
or thP sum nf rnnc,,mo^. llj "^,ppr°Priate Hiaximand was net
                              surplus (CS + PS).
   j_	I      .    "wijr UT ine Tirm
                            118

-------
 under study.   Given the objective function  of maximizing CS + PS and the
 additional  assumption that these concepts can measure consumer and producer
 welfare,  Adams examined the distributional  effects of alternative energy
 prices and  policies.

      A.   SUPPLY

      Thus far in  this review we  have  spoken of supply functions in the
 following contexts:  supply function of  the  firm as derived from a program-
 ming  model  or from  a  production  function; aggregate supply function as
 derived from  an aggregate  programming model or aggregate production function;
 statistically estimated aggregate  supply function.

      For  purposes of  defining the  elasticity of supply, we set forth the
 economic  rationale  underlying the  empirically derived supply functions
 mentioned abovet2).   Specifically, the  short-run marginal cost curve of the
 firm  may  be derived from its marginal product curve under the assumption of
 constant  input  prices.  That portion of the firm's short-run margina  cost
 curve  lying above the average cost curve constitutes the firm s supply curve.
 Although  the  industry's short-run supply curve is only on approximation ot
 the horizontal  summation of the marginal cost curves of firm s in the
 industry  (approximate,  because even under perfect competition, the simul-
 taneous expansion of output by all firms will  bid up input  prices),  it
 is positively sloped, meaning that quantity supplied varies directly with
 pri ce.

     The elasticity of SUBB]£ may then be defined as the relative respon-
siveness of quanta-supplied to changes,™ price.   To expand  upon this
concept we may say that Inelastic, sufipj^^  means that for  a given change
(2) Empirically, the general supply response relationship may  be expressed
    as follows:
         qt = f(pt> pct> At)
    where:  qt = amount of commodity supplied in  time  t
            Pt = price of given commodity
           pr* = nrices of competing commodities
            At = technological  change and/or institutional influences

    In the long run,  the dynamic supply relationship may be expressed as:

         qt = f(pt »  At)

               d
             sear
    dicers  SfteUneTsUffikand  for, their price expects.

                                                                         ly)>
   elastic  supply means  e >  1-
                                      119

-------
in price, supply responds less than proportionally.   Unitary  supply  elasti
city occurs when supply responds  exactly proportionally  to  a  given change
in price.  Elastic supply means that for a  given change  in  price, supply
responds more than proportionally.
                                      120

-------
      B.   DEMAND

      The principle assumption  upon which  the  theory of consumer behavior
 is  constructed  is  that a  consumer attempts  to  allocate his limited income
 among available goods  and services so  as  to maximize satisfaction lor
 utility).   Given this  assumption and the  properties of indifference curves^,
 individual  demand  curves  may be derived.  For  almost all goods individual
 demand curves are  negatively sloped --  that is, quantity demanded varies
 inversely with  price.

      There  are  four basic determinants  of individual demand: (1) the price
 of  the commodity determines quantity demanded  given, the level of demand;
 (2) money income is one of three determinants  of the level of .demand;
 (3) tastes  (determines  level); (4) prices of related commodities (deter-
 mine  level).  These four  factors jointly  determine quantity demanded and
 the level of demand, and  market demand  for  a specific conmodity equals the
 horizontal  summation of thiThTividual  demands of each consume r.   Given
 this  negatively sloped market demand function  and following a brief mathe-
 matical  digression  we can proceed to define the fol owing concepts,  price
 elasticity  and  cross-price elasticities of  demand, income and substitution
 effects, and income elasticity of demand.

      1.  Mathematics of Demand Theory

     Mathematically, the  following function represents utility maximization
 subject  to  a budget constraint for an individual consumer.

         U  = f(qi,  ..... qn) + *(Y  - I  P^i)

where:   (qls ..... qn) = commodities
         Y = consumer's fixed income
         Pi  = commodity prices
         x = Lagrange multiplier

 By setting the first order partial  derivatives of U (    ) with  respect to
substitution and price ratios for any pair of

     Assuming the second order conditions hold, the individual  demand func
tions can be expressed as:

                  , •  •  •  •  » pn> Y>»   1 = 1'  .....  "
             erence curve forms a locus of .11
    which a consumer derives the same level  of
                                     121

-------
By aggregating these n equations  over all consumers the market demand

      S"?^.!!  dHVHd;-  " Sh<"?ld be clear that th1s Wt- of equations
      s that all  commodities  are  interrelated.
even analon.        *ntBre**  f°CUSes on Particular cormodities  (or
eauation  9 UnSpr^hl^c6 ar^alter.nat1ves *> estimating the whole set of
tion for i Oivpn r™  ^^P*10" of ™± independence W . the demand func-
tion tor a given commodity can  be  expressed as: -
                      ,  Pf,  Y)

where P^ = price of ith  commodity
       oc
      Pi  = prices of other commodities affecting i'th commodity
      Y = income
The corresponding market demand function is


             Ql  =f(Pi>  Pf,  Y, A)

where Q.J = z q^

      Y  = zy over all consumers
     2-   Price Elasticity of Demand
                                           - s
                                      P
                                      -u_
                                      q
change 1n quantity demanded.   If   - i  n
tlclty and a given change  In  price wi i
equal change 1n quantity.   If e > 1

         "111 ^ 3SSOClat
                                                1S ![!elast1i: and a 91ven
                                            r™  "^ J° be °f Un1tary
                                               Panid by a
    relationships.        	°J   50 estlmate a alrge system of demand



(6) in mathematical  terms; given the demand function for co«odity i:


                         £»•••• »Pfrj,Y)

    The direct price elasticity is:    P   -   3CH pi
                                       XY ~ ~	—
                                        X     3Pi qi
                                    122

-------
      Two  basic  factors  determine  the direct  price elasticity of demand:
 the availability of  substitute goods and the number of uses to which the
 goods may be  applied.   As  the number of substitute goods and the uses to
 which a given commodity may be put increase, so does the value of the
 elasticity coefficient.

      Generally farm  products have low elasticities, that is, less than one.
 Among farm products  a commodity such as wheat (with few substitutes) would
 have a lower elasticity than a commodity such as wool which has many subs-
 titutes.

      The values of the elasticities have significant policy implications.
 For example, for a highly price elastic commodity, an increase in price
 would result in a proportionately greater reduction in quantity demanded
 and farm revenues would decrease,   A more realistic case for agricultural
 products would be the case of a price inelastic  commodity.   A given  reduc-
 tion in  price (brought on, for example,  by a  shift in the supply function)
 would be accompanied  by a proportionately lower  increase in quantity de-
 manded and total  revenues would decrease.

      3.   Cross-Price  Elasticity

      When  we  speak  of the demand schedule  for commodity  X as we  did  in the
 previous  section, we  are implicitly assuming  that money  income,  tastes, and
 the nominal prices  of related goods remain  constant.   In certain cases,
 however,  the  prices of related goods  are  interrelated with  the price of
 commodity  X.   That  is,  if  prices of related goods are allowed to vary,
 there will  be  a  definite impact on the quantity demanded of commodity X.

     Thus,  our market demand function in this case is:

            qx  = f(Px»  Py)

where y is  a related  commodity.  By defining the cross-price elasticity
of demand we can characterize goods as either substitutes or complements.
The cross-price elasticity of demand exy is defined as^ '•

                       AP,,     AqY    Pv
                     /	y.  =       •   y
                        py
(7) Mathematically:

                    »  P2
                  3P
                                    123

-------
It may be interpreted as the proportional  change in the quantity of x
demanded in response to a given change in  the price of y.   Commodities may
be classified as substitutes if exy > 0 and complements if exy < 0.

     Most empirical work has focused upon  the substitutability of related
commodities with substitutability (or relatedness) increasing as the
cross-price elasticity increases.  For example, George and King (1971)
found the cross-elasticity of lettuce with respect to the price of carrots
to be .000814 indicating that they are not closely related commodities.
Wold  (1953) found  the cross-price elasticity coefficient of pork with
respect  to beef to  be  .14 and the coefficient of margarine with respect to
butter to be  .81.   Thus, beef is a poor substitute for pork, while mar-
garine and butter,  as one might expect, are closely related and substitu-
table.   As the  price of  butter rises we may expect consumers to purchase
less  butter  and more margarine.

      Substitution  and  Income Effects.  Most empirical work focusing  upon
market  demand uses the  cross-elasticity approach to commodity  classification
 in which the total effect of a price  change  is  the criterion used  to
 classify goods. Underlying  this total effect  are  the substitution and
 income  effects of  price changes  as  they apply  to  individuals'  preference
 functions.   That  is, a change  in the  nominal  price of a  commodity  exerts  two
 influences.   The  first is  that a relative price change occurs, i.e., the
 terms at which a  consumer  exchanges one good for another.   Second, a change
 in nominal  price  (nominal  income remaining constant)  means that relative
 income has changed, i.e.,  a consumer can  buy a greater or smaller  bundle  of
 goods compared to before the price change.  For example, a fall in the price
 of one good in the bundle effectively increases real  income and we may
 expect that the consumer will  buy  either  more of the good whose price
 decreased and/or more of other goods.

      Translated into market terms, suppose we have two goods, wheat and
 corn.   A decrease  in the price of wheat  (nominal money income and all
 other prices remaining  constant) will augment the quantity demanded of
 wheat as consumers substitute it for corn.  Simultaneously, the increase
  in real  income may augment both wheat and corn purchases.  In fact  if
  the  income  effect was  greater than the substitution  effect it would appear
  that wheat  and corn are complementary goods.   An estimated cross-elasticity
  coefficient might even be  negative -- indicating complementarity  when in
  fact this  is not  the real  case.   Wheat and  corn may  well  be weak  substitu-
  tes, but the income effect outweighed the substitution  effect.  The total
  change can  go either way.   Generally, however,  in the case of strong  subs-
  titutes, the substitution  effect  will dominate.   In  the case  of strong
  complements, the  income effect will  obviously dominate.

       4.  Income  Elasticity of Demand

       In the previous section we relaxed  the assumption that the nominal
  prices of commodities related to  X were  constant.  Analogously, in this
                                       124

-------
  section,  we  are  relaxing  the assumption of constant money income and
  allowing  income  to  vary,  since for many commodities a change in income will
  influence quantities  purchased.

      Assuming that  our simplified market demand function is

               qx =  f(Px,  Y)
                                                     (8)
 we can define the income  elasticity of demand e  as v ':
                y    qx    Y     AY    q

 It may be interpreted as the proportional change in the quantity  demand  of
 X in response to a given change in real money income.   Generally, if  income
 elasticity is low (usually less than one), quantity demanded  is not very
 responsive to income changes while if ey > 1  quantity  demanded is more
 responsive.

      Empirically, Wold (1953) found the estimated  income elasticity of meat
 to be .35 indicating that for a given increase in  income there is  a less
 than proportional increase in meat purchases.   On  the  other hand,  tobacco
 pruchases were very  responsive to  income changes.

      The existence of  inferior goods  has been  documented  by estimated income
 elasticities.   Wold  (1953)  found the  income elasticities  of flour and mar-
 garine  to be  -.36 and  -.20  respectively indicating  that as income rises
 the  purchases  of  these two  commodities  actually decrease.  George and King
 (1971)  also found negative  income  elasticities  for  both commodities.

      George and King found an income  elasticity for all food items of .176
 confirming that food is a necessity and  that food purchases on the whole
 are  relatively unresponssive  to  income  changes.

      We can summarize  our description of  the three types of elasticities  by
 noting their interrelationship as follows:
 For  a given market demand function for one commodity,

          q]  = f(P], Pg» . •  • • »  Pn> Y)

We can write the direct price elasticity of demand  as the sum  of cross-
price elasticities and its income elasticity^/.


    Mathematically:  ^ = f(P], ?2	py)              aq-   Y
    and the income elasticity for the ith commodity is    eiy = _L •


(9) See Ferguson (1969), p.  45-46.
                                    125

-------
That is,
         611  =
or
                                                 for 1
                                 126

-------
      C.   STABILITY  BENEFITS
      Let  us  refer  back to the discussion of Adams' QP model of California
 agruculture  in VII, B.  The maximand of the Adams' model constituted a
 quantitative measure of toal revenue to two groups: producers, who maxi-
 mize  returns to  land and management (producers' surplus (PS) ) and consumers,
 (defined  as  total  value of the objective function minus net returns to
 producers, or consumers' surplus (CS) ).  The maximand, net social payoff
 (or net social benefit) equaled the sum of PS and CS.

      This maximand turned out to be particularly useful in analyzing the^
 policy implications of energy constraints.  Both theoretically and impin-
 cally, the impact  of energy shortages was not shared equal iy> by producers
 and consumers.  That is, any given shortage would produce gainers and losers,
 irrespective of the change in net social welfare.  Thus, Adams found that
 a significant shortage of fertilizer would reduce net social welfare,
 although  the burden was distributed such that CS was relatively unchanged
 and PS was reduced.  On the other hand,  the impact of total energy short-
 ages was  to  reduce CS and increase PS.
     In this section we will look in more detail at                fir
PS, keeping in mind the application of these terms to the problem of air
pollution damage in agriculture.  The first assumption we must make is
that the sum of CS and PS is an adequate measure of socia  welfare.   This
assumption has been the subject of extensive controversy in economic litera
ture, but the fact remains that we have no better measures.

     Before proceeding we can also clarify what ge mean by stability bene-
fits and further elucidate the terms CS and PS(IU>.  First, given a  typical
negatively sloping market demand curve and a positively sloping market
supply curve, it is clear that either shifts in supply (because of the
influences of changes in factor costs, technology, weather  air Pollution.
water pollution, etc.) or demand (due to changes ly.""!^^!?^^ In
example) will cause price fluctuations.  The situation is -l""!*^6? ™
Figures 1  and 2   In Figure 1 an outward shift in supply from  i>i  to  *? wu
reduce pri   from P  to9P2.  Alternatively, ^ reduction insupp y woutd
                                               *™
                          .
Increas^ price.  In Figure 2 a shift in        *™^^ Td^and shifted
 n a change in equilibrium price (P^ to        ™"" '"•
     and Subotnik and  Houck  (1976)

                                    127

-------
  Price
                                             Quantity
Figure 1.  Price change attributable to shift in  supply.
                                               Quantity
  Figure 2,  Price change attributable to shift in  consumer  demand.
                                 128

-------
      Now,  following  the Massell  (1969,  p.  285-287)  synthesis of the work
 of Waugh (1944)  and  Oi  (1961)  on CS  and PS respectively, we present Figures
 3 and 4 in which Pi  and P?  are equally  likely prices faced by consumers
 and P3 is  an  alternative (stable)  price that obtains with certainty.

      In Figure 3,  CS may be defined  as  follows^   ':

                               r  a  +  b + c  + d + f         if P = PI
                        CS  =  L  f                         if p = P2

 The expected  value of CS is given  by:

                        E (CS)  =  f  +  .5  (a  + b + c + d)

 Under the  stable price  regime  (?$),  expected CS is:

                        E (CS)  =  a  +  b + f

 At  the  stabilized  price,  P  = PS, consumers lose an amount equal  to c + d
 compared to the  prestabilization price  P = P].  Conversely, when P = PS,
 consumers  gain an  amount  equal to  a  + b  compared to the prestabilization
 price P =  P2.  Since  c  + d  >  a +  b, stabilization leads to a net loss in
 consumers' surplus (™).

      Figure 4 represnets  the situation  under demand Instability,   Producers
 are confronted with  two  equally likely  prices, PI  and P2, and a  third  price
 PS that obtains with  certainty.  Thus,

                               r a +  b + c + d + f          if P =  P2
                         PS  =   [ $                         if P =  Pf


The expected value of PS  is:

                       E  (PS) = f +  ,5  (a + b + c  + d)

and at the stable price P3,

                       E  (PS) = a + b + f
     For any combination (Pi, qi)

              CS = /51  f (q) dq "
     Note
     that the demand curve ._ ...^       -  .    ^Ua,,-QC
     money is constant with respect to price  changes.
                                     129

-------
    Price
      P3
                                                Quantity

Figure 3.  Effects of price stabilization on consumer surplus,
     Price
                                          S
Figure 4.  Effects of price stabilization
       Quantity

on producer surplus
                               130

-------
 Compared  to  the  prestabilization price, P = P?, producers lose an amount
 equal  to  c + d when  P  =  P$.  However, compared to the prestabilization
 price  P = Pi , producers  gain an amount equal to a + b when P = P3-  Since
 c + d  > a +  b, producers' surplus is reduced under price stabilization with
 the amount of loss being equal to 1/2 (c + d - a - b)UJh

     The  discussion  thus far provides a framework within which the generali-
 zations that follow  may  be understood.  Masse! 1 (1969) has shown that:  _
 (1) Producers gain from  price stability if the source of instability is in
 supply; consumers, in  contrast, lose from price stability if the source is
 supply;   (2)  Consumers gain from price stability if, the source of instability
 is shifts in demand; producers lose in this case^';  (3) When demand and
 supply are random variables (as in the real world), the gains to each group
 depend upon  the  relative sizes of the variances of demand and supply and
 the slopes of the demand and supply functions.  From the producers  perspec-
 tive, both the likelihood and magnitude of gain from price stability are
 increasing functions of variance of supply and the steepness of the supply
 curve.

     The  Waugh-Oi-Massell work is based upon certain knowledge of prices.
 Turnovsky (1974) introduces two alternative models of price expectations
 for producers.   That is, producers are assumed to make decisions based
 upon their expectations of prices.  He concludes that producers gain from
 stabilization of supply regardless of how they form their expectations.
 If risk averse behavior is specified, the desirability of stabilization
will be even greater (15).

     Extending this analysis to the distributional  effects of price stabi-
 lization  (given supply side instability)  among producers, a  single producer
will gain more from stability the steeper his  supply curve Dative to
 industry  supply and the greater his variance in supply relative to industry
supply.


 (13) In Figure 4, the source of instability is  demand   Furthermore,  it
     must be assumed that the supply curve is  positively sloped and the
     marginal utility of money remains constant.

 (14) We are  iqnoring the basic welfare question of  whether the  gainers
     (proSuce?s  in (1)  and consumers in  (2)  )  can  compensate  the  losers,
     leaving both parties better  off.
     entes market supply  n a multiplicative way,  social welfare may be
     increased by havi Kg an pj>tin!§l Saxket  distortion  involving a higher
     average price and  Iwer o^eTlupply as  compared to a competitive
     market equilibrium price.  The policy  mechanisms  necessary to obtain
     the distortion wouldP probably include  a combination quota and price
     stabilization scheme.
                                     131

-------
     Conceptualization of the Impact  of  Air  Pollution.  Using the concepts
discussed in C and assuming a constant technology, we might envision the
scenario that follows^;.   Suppose that in  a given region, air pollution
damage has reduced crop yields by  some significant percentage.  Further-
more, the region is subject ot increasing  urbanization so that farmers have
only had limited possibilities of  expanding  acreage to offset yield defi-
ciencies.  Thus, in general we might  expect  that market supplies are sig-
nificantly below what they  would be in the absence of pollution.  Further-
         e  ™C dand f°r a9r1cultural commodities {see earlier
                          M°?ce1vable  that pollution damage has actually
anv nhPr  nnnii •    * ^  llmiting ^PP1*'  Th1s would be analogous to
Such nrnnr^P y }™t*t™n P™9™ri designed to increase prices and returns.
Such programs include "green drop", acreage  limitation, amrketing quotas,
bv local' 'or'rpninn^-1'6"??6 °f ai> Polll*ion standards set by the EPA or
increased cnS???  air  Po1  ^lon districts, yields increase leading to
™ft^                       Siven  inelastic demand, wl would
      tn     't      n  ^ Stfp1y sl°Ped demlnd cur'v   nPt e f gure,
tne total revenue rectangle under the new price-quantity combination
(d Pz 0 q^is clearly  smaller  than the^oll^1^^

             octoh             air Poll"tant concentrations in agri-
(producers    This   SaSSSfth" Pr?dUCed ga1ners (Consumers) and lose?s
welfare economic   5S?  I      application of a very important concept in
ex sts of hlvTna \l nli °f ^omPensatio.n--  In this case the possibility
                                                     1n th
         Ano.              •
     ing research  are  estimated.          the SOClal returns to rice breed
°7)                                              t0 technological  improve
                                     abatement equipment and pollution-
     resistant plants
                                    132

-------
Price
                                                       Quantity
Figure  5.   Welfare  effects  of  a  shift  in market  supply.
                                133

-------
and the amount of compensation are political  decisions,  but  theoretically
it can be shown that the gainers  could  compensate  the  losers leaving  both
parties better off and leaving social benefit unchanged.

     The same principle would apply if  pollution control measures  reduced
the variation in supply schedule  faced  by  the consumer.
                                    134

-------
                           REFERENCES  - SECTION V-A

Abd  El  Rahman,  H.  A.  and  J.  F.  Bierhuizen.   1959.  The effect of temperature
   and  water  supply on  growth,  transpiration and water requirement of
   tomato  under controlled conditions.  Meded. Landb. Hoogesch., Wageningen
   59:1-13.

Allison, F. E.,  E. M. Roller and W. A. Raney.  1958.  Relationship between
   evapotranspiration and yields of crops grown in lysimeters receiving
   natural  rainfall.  Agronomy  J.  50:506-511.

Anonymous.  1965.  Estimates  of crop  losses and disease-control costs in
   California.   Univ. of  Calif. Agric. Exp, Sta. and Agric. Exten. Service,
   Berkeley.

Anonymous.  1965.  Agric.  Res.  Ser.,  U.S. Dept. Agric. Handbook No. 291.

Anonymous.  1957.  Soil ,  Yearbook  of  Agriculture.  U.S. Dept. of Agric. ,
   Washington.

Arkley, R. J.   1963.  Relationships between plant growth and transpiration.
   Hilgardia  34:559-594.

Arnold, C. Y.   1959.  The  determination of the significance of the base
   temperature  in  a linear heat unit  system.  Proc. Amer. Soc. Hort.  Sci.
   74:430-445.

Arnon,  I.  1972.   Crop  production  in  dry regions.  Vol. I.  Background and
   principles.   Nicholas  Polunin,  ed.  Leonard Hill, London.

Ashton, F. M.   1956.  Effects of a series of cycles of ^ernating low and
   high soil water contents  on  the rate of apparent photosynthesis in sugar
   cane.  Plant  Physiol .  31:266-274.
Aspinall, D. and L. G. Paleg.  1964.  Effects of    .
   intensity on growth of barley.  Aust. J. Biol. Sci. 17:807-822.

Baier, W.  1973.  Crop-weather analysis model: Review and model  development.
   J. Appl. Meteorol. 12:937-947.
Baier, W. and G. W. Robertson.  1968.  ^V'^olSail'da^o
   estimates as compared with direct use of climato ogical data for
   estimating crop yields.  Agric. Meteorol. 5:l/-Ji.

Baier, W. and G. W. Robertson.  1966.  A new versatile soil  moisture budget.
   Can. J. Plant Sci. 47:299-316.

Begg, J. E. and N. C. Turner.  1976.  Crop water deficits.  Advan. Agron.
   28:161-217.
                                   135

-------
Biddiscombe, E.  F.,  P.  G.  Osanne,  N.  J.  Barrow and J. Keay.   1969.  A
   comparison of growth rates  and  phosphorus distribution  in  a range of
   pasture species.   Aust.  J.  Agric,  Res.  20:1023-1033.

Bierhuizen, J. F.  1961.   Plant growth  and soil moisture relationships.
   In: Plant-water relationships in  arid and semi-arid conditions,  p. 309-
   315.  Unesco, Paris.

Bjorkman, 0. B.  Marshall,  M.  Nobs, W. Ward, F. Nicholson and  H. Mooney.
   1974*  An analysis of the  temperature dependence  of growth under controlled
   conditions.  Carnegie Inst. Year  Book 73:757-767.

Black, J. N.  1955.   The interaction of light and  temperature in  deter-
   mining the growth rate of  subterranean clover  (Tri folium subterraneum L.)
   Aust. J. Biol. Sci.  8:330-343.                 ---

Blackman, G. E.  1961.   Responses  to environmental  factors by plants  in
   the vegetative phase.  In:  Growth in living systems.  M. S. Zarrow, ed.
   Basic Books,  Inc. New York. p.  525-556.

Blackman. G. E.  and J.  N.  Black.  1959a.  Physiological  and ecological
   studies  in the analysis of plant  environment.  XI. A  further assessment
   of the influence of shading on the growth  of  different  speices in  the
   vegetative phase.  Ann. Bot. 23:51-63.

Blackman, G. E.  and J  N. Black.  1959b.  Physiological  and ecological
   studies  in the analysis of plant environment.  XII. The  role of the light
   factor in  limiting growth.   Ann.  Bot. 23:131-145.
 Blackman, G. E. and G  L. Wilson.  1954.  Physiological and ecological
    ?ho  !!L1V   anal^ls of Plant environment. IX. Adaptive changes in
    the  vegetative growth and development of Helianthus annuus induced by an
    alternation of light intensity.  Ann. BotT 18:71. --
         ~;hand Gi L* W1lSOrU  1951'  Physiological and ecological
        ISr  L   f  ana]ysi! °f .Pla"t environment. VI. The constancy for differ-
    ed liahl injLcil093^-?10 relationship between net assimilation rate
    and light intensity and its ecological significance.  Ann. Bot. 15:63.
               w^r*  °'  Cr1dd1?'   1962'  ^mining consumption use and
               water requirements.  U.S. Dept. Agric! Tech. Bull.

 Bohning, R.  H, and C.  A.  Burnside.   1956.  The effect of liqht intensity on
                                                                     per10d
                                    136

-------
  Boyer,  J.  S,   1970.   Leaf enlargement and  metabolic  rates  in  corn, soybean,
     and  sunflower at  various  leaf water potentials.   Plant  Physio!. 46:233-
     235.

  Boyer,  J.  S.  and H.  G.  McPherson.   1975.   Physiology of water deficits in
     cereal  crops.  Advan.  Agron.  27:1-23.

  Brenchley, W.  E.  1920.   On  the  relations  between growth and the environ-
     mental  conditions of temperature and bright sunshine.  Ann. Appl. Biol.
     6:211-244.

 Brix, H.   1962.  The effect of water stress on the rates of photosynthesis
    and respiration in tomato plant and loblolly pine seedlings,   Physio!.
    Plant. 15:10-20.

 Calvert, A.  1964.  The effects of air temperature on growth of  young tomato
    plants in natural  light conditions.  J.  Hort.  Sci. 39:194-211,

 Camus, G. C.  and F.  W.  Went.   1952.  The thermoperiodicity  of three  varieties
    of Mlcot1 ana tpbacum.  Amer. J.  Bot. 39:521-528.

 Chang, Jen-hu.  1968.  Climate and  agriculture: An ecological  survey.
    Aldine Publishing  Co.,  Chicago.

 Chang, Jen-hu, R. B.  Cambell  and F. E.  Robinson.   1963.  On the  relationship
    between  water and  sugar cane yield  in Hawaii.   Agron. J.  55:450-453.

 Chapman,  H. W., L. S. Gleason and W. E.  Loomis.   1954.  The carbon dioxide
    content  of  field air.  Plant Physiol.  29:500-503.

 Chapman,  H. W.  and W. E. Loomis.  1953.   Photosynthesis in  the potato under
    field  conditions.  Plant Physiol. 28:703-716.

 Cole,  J.  S.  1938.  Correlations  between annual precipitation and yield of
    spring wheat in the Great  Plains.  U.S.  Dept. Agric., Tech. Bull No. 636.

 Cowan, I. R.   1965.  Transport  of water  in  the soil-piant-atmosphere system.
    J.  Appl. Ecol. 2:221-239.

 Cramer, H. H.   1967.  Plant protection and world crop production.  Bayer
    Pflanzenschuts, Leverkusen.

 Dale,  R.  F.  1968.  The  climatology of soil  moisture,  evaporation,  and non-
   moisture stress days  for corn in Iowa.  Agric.  Meteorol.  5:111-128.

Decker, J. P.,  W. G.  Gaylor and F. D. Cole.   1962.  Measuring transpiration
   of undisturbed tamarisk shrubs.  Plant Physiol. 37:393-397.
                                    137

-------
Deneke, H.   1931.   Uber den Einfluss  bewegter  Luft  auf die  Kohlensaure-
   assimilation.   Jb.  Wiss. Bot.  74:1.

Dewan, M. L. and J. Famouri .   1964.   The  soils of  Iran.   F.A.O.  of  the
   United Nations, Rome.

De Wit, C.  T.  1958.  Transpiration  and crop yields.   Inst.  voor Biol.  en
   Scheikundig Onderzoek van Landbouwgewassen, Wageningen,  Mededeling*  No.  59.

Dolan, D. D.  1972.  Temperature, photoperiod, and  light intensity  effects
   on growth of Pi sum . sat 1 yum.   Crop Sci. 12:60-62.

Dorland, R. E. and F.  VI. Went.   1947.  Plant growth under controlled condi-
   tions, Yii. Growth and fruiting of the chili pepper (Capsicum annuum).
   Amer. 0. Bot. 34:393-401.                           — K --

Downey, L. A.  1971.  Effect of gypsum and drought stress on maize  (Zea
        L.). I. Growth, light absorption  and yield.  Agron. J.  63:563^572.
Dyer, A. J.  1961.  Measurements of evaporation and heat transfer in the
   lower atmosphere by an automatic eddy-correlation technique.   Quart. J.
   Roy. Meteorol. Soc. 87:401-412.

Evans, L. T. (ed.).  1963.  Environmental control  of plant growth.  Academic
   Press. New York.

Evans, L. T. and  I  F. Wardlow.  1976.  Aspects of the comparative physiology
   of grain yield in cereals.  Advan. Agron. 28:301-359.


Er193?225-235'   19&9'  Integrat1on of Plant 9™wth processes.  Amer. Nat.


Eze, J. M  0.   1973   The vegetative growth of Helianthus annuus and
    fnr°!^'  5'^*  n1958*  EmP_ir1cal estimation of thermoreaction curves
    tor rate of development.  Euphytica 7:140-146.
                                                                       °f
 Fischer, R.  A.   1973.   The  effect of water stress at various stages of
    dn-                                 *
                                     138

-------
Fischer, R. A. and R. M. Hagen.  1965.  Plant water relations,  irrigation
   management and crop yield.  Expt. Agric. 1:161-177.

Ford, M. A. and G. N. Thome.  1975.  Effects of variation in temperature
   and light intensity at different times on growth and yield of spring
   wheat.  Ann. Appl. Biol. 80:283-299.

Gaastra, P.  1962.  Photosynthesis of leaves and field crops.  Netherlands
   J. Agric. Sci. 10:311-324.

Gaastra, P.  1959.  Photosynthesis of crop plants as influenced by light,
   carbon dioxide, temperature, and stomatal diffusion resistance.  Meded.
   Landb. Hoogesch.,  Wageningen 59:1-68.

Gardner, W. R.  1961.  Factors governing the pattern of water utilization
   in a plant root zone.  In: Plant-water relationships in arid and semi-
   arid conditions, p. 93-97.  Unesco, Paris.

61 f ford. R. M., P. M. Bremner and D. B, Jones,  1973.  Assessing photosyn-
   thetlc limitation to grain yield In a field crop.  Aust.  J.  Agric.  Res.
   24:297-307.

Gllmore, E. C. Jr., and J. S. Rogers.  1958   Heat units as  a method of
   measuring maturity in corn.  Agron. J. 50:611-615.

Hagan. R. M.  1957.  Water-soil-plant relations.  Calif. Agric. 11(4):9-12.

   t-«pma  A  M   1961   Influence of temperatures on flower  formation  and
   flowering of bulbous aSd tuberous plants.  In: Handbuch der Pflanzenphy-
   siologie.  W. Ruhland, ed., Vol. XVI, p. 123-167.

Haun, J. R.  1973.  Determination of wheat growth-environment relationships.
   Agron. J. 65:813-816.
   n  i  R   A  J  LewisJII, S. J. Tsao, R. A.  Baumgardener and D.  0.  Ezell.
    97 : tt i ifiri -environment relationships and elaboration of the
   temperature response in snap bean production.   S. C.  Agr.  Exp.  Sta.  lecn.
   Bull. 1040.

Hesketh, J. D.  1963.  Limitations to photosynthesis responsible for differ-
   ences among species.  Crop Sci. 3:493-496.

Hesketh. J. D. and D. Baker.  1967.  Light and carbon assimilation by plant
   communities.  Crop Sci. 7:285-293.

Hesse  W   1954   Der Elnfluss meteorologischer Faktoren auf die Transpiration
   der PhefferLz! ^Qfe^idfieritt L.).  Angewandte Meteorol .  2:14-18.

   ncnn  r  i    1Q67   Phvsl ologi cal and ecological  studies  in the analysis
   of She if feet  of 'seasonal variations in light energy and temperature on
   the growS J of Helianthus amiuus, and Vicla faba. 1n the vegetative  phase.
   Ann. Bot. 31:291-308.
                                   139

-------
Hofstra, G.   1972.   Response of soybeans to temperature under high  light
   intensity.   Can.  J.  Plant Sci. 52:535-543.
            ;  ££
"""ffict'o/nlaht
   Bot? 16?373l§85.
      phisohat;
        21?33-44
Aeries
   Agron!
                          responses to water stress-
                                                              .  Plant
                    ;  ?htldya- a?d V* S> Tornar-  1976«   Contribution of

                                         ^ Umter
                                              production.
                             devel°Pment 1n the young tomato,  III.   The
                          temperatures on vegetative growth.  0.  Expt.
                                :.6- Ozanne'  1970'  The comparative rates
                                          pasture Spec1es-  Aust.  J. Agric.
                               °f
                                                   Bait Publishers,
                           !-d 5* ^ Br1"s'  1976'  Application of time
                                 Cr°P and env1ronment relationships.

MCCoTie"f Ji
   Crop Sci. 14:751-75b
                                    P6nnan
                                                     Netherlands 0. Agric.
                                                W?ter stress and temperature
                                          epidermal cells 1n grain sorghum.
                                    140

-------
Millar, C. E.  1955.  Soil fertility.  Wiley and Sons, New York; Chapman
   and Hall, London.

Millar, C. E., L. M. Turk, and H. D. Foth.  1966.  Fundamentals of soil
   science.  Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, London, Sydney.

MUthorpe, F. L.  1961.  The income and loss of water in arid and semi -arid
   zones.  In: Plant-water relationships in arid and semiarid conditions.
   Unesco, Paris.

Milthorpe, F. L. and Moorby.  1974.  An introduction to crop physiology.
   Cambridge Univ. Press, London.

Molga, M.  1962.  Agricultural Meterorlogy.  Warsaw.

Monteith, 0. L.  1965.  Light destribution and photosynthesis in field  crops.
   Ann. Bot. 29:17-37.

Mooney, H. A. and W. D. Billings.  1961.  Comparative physiological  ecology
   of arctic and alpine populations of Qxyric digyna.  Ecol. Monographs
   31:1-29.

Newman, J. R., W. C. Cooper, W. Reuther, G. A. Cahoon and A. Peynado.   1967.
   Orange fruit maturity and net heat accumulates.  In: Ground level  cli-
   matology, R. H. Shaw, ed., Pub. No. 86.  Amer. Assoc. Advan. Sci.,
   Washington, p. 127-147.

Nicholls  P  B. and L. H. May.  1963.  Studies on the growth of barley  apex.
   I? Interrel itlSnshlps between primordium formation, apex length and
   spikelet development.  Aust. J. Biol. Sci.  16:561-571.

Nuttonson  M  Y   1957.  The role of bioclimatology in agriculture with
   soecial reference ti the use of thermal and photothermal requirements of
Parker  N  W.  1946.  Environment factors and their control  in plant environ-
   ments.  Soil Sci. 62:109-119.

Pelton, W. L.  1967.  The effect of a windbreak on wind travel, evaporation
   and wheat yield.  Can. J. Plant Sci. 47:209-214.

Pengra, R. F.  1952.  Estimating crop yields at seeding time 1n the Great
   Plains.  Agron. J. 44:271-274.

Penman. H. L.  1948.  Natural evaporation from open water bare soil, and
   grass.  Proc. Roy. Soc. Ser. A., 193:120-145.

Pfadt, R. E. (ed.)  1971.  Fundamentals of applied Entomology.  2n  ed.,
   Macmillan, New York.
                                    141

-------
Phipps
   pps,  R.  H.,  R.  J.  Fulford  and  F. C. Crofts.  1975.  Relationships between
   the production  of  forage maize and accumulated temperature, Ontario heat
   units and solar radiation.  Agric. Meteorol. 14:385-397.

Pruitt,  W.  0.  1963.   Application of several  energy  balance and aerodynamic
   evaporation equations  under a  wide range of stability.  In: Final report,
   Investigation of energy and mass transfer  near the  ground  Including
   influences of the soil-plant atmosphere system.   Univ.  of  California,
   Davis, CA.

Raeside, J. D.  1962.  Society, town planning, and  the soil map.   Transactions
   of joint meetings of commissions  IV.  and      International  Society of
   Soil  Science, p. 854-858.

Rajan, A. K., B. Betteridge and G. E.  Blackman.   1973.  Differences  1n  the
   interacting effects of light and  temperature on  growth  of  four species
   in the vegetative phase.   Ann. Bot.  37:278-316.

Robertson, G. W.  1953.  Some agrometeorological  problems  1n  Canada.
   Monthly Pub. Can. Br.  Roy, Met. Soc.  4(2):1-21.

Robertson, G. W.  1973.  Development of a simplified agroclimatlc procedures
   for  assessing temperature effects  on crop development.   In: Plant response
   to climatic factors. R. 0. Slatyer,  ed.,  Unesco, Paris, p. 327-343.

Russel, J  E.  1950.  Soil conditions  and plant growth.   Longman, Green and
   Co., New  York.

Russell, R.  S., D. A. Barber and  P. Newbould.  1961.  Nutritional relation-
   ships between crops and soil.   Outlook on Agric. 3:103-110.

      }\ S*  S' a?thP; Newbould-    1969.  In:  Root growth.  Whittington, W. J.
   London     '            *       ^C' Sc1" UniVt  Nott1n9nam» Butterworths,


    Hifflvo;/1;* 1966<* The r"P°nse of ^mmer lettuce to  Irrigation at
    different stages  of growth.   0. Hort. Sc1. 41:43-52.

    ct™ne"ni'n!i!!d+i!*  EA  Goode* ,1967>  Crop  resPonses to  water at different
    stages  of growth.   Commonwealth Agric. Bureaux,  Farnhans  Royal.

 SCh±d^J;^;.andJ:,^:^!lde:!-, »«.   Influence  of soil moisture  on
                                                  of  apple leaves.  Plant
                                     142

-------
 Sedgley, R. H., L. A. Seaton and W. R. Stern.  1973  A field method for
   determining soil water availability to crop.  In: Plant response to
   climatic factors.  R. 0. Slatyer, ed., Unesco, Paris, p. 527-530.

 Setlik, I. (ed.)  1970  Prediction and measurement of photosynthetic
   productivity.  Wageningen, Pudoc.

 Sibma, L.   1970  Relation between total  radiation and yield of some field
   crops in the Netherlands.  Neth. J.  Agric. Sci .  18:125-131.

 Silsbury,  J.  H.  1971  The effects of  temperature  and light energy on dry
   weight and leaf area changes in seedling plants  of Lolium perenne L.
   Aust. J. Agric.  Res.  22:177-187.

 Slatyer,  R. 0.   1969  Physiological  significance of interval water relations
   to crop  yield.   In: Physiological  aspects of crop yield.   The Amer.  Soc.
   of Agron. and Crop Sci.  Soc.  of Amer.  p.  53-88.

 Stafelt, M. G.   1932  Der  Einfluss des Windes  auf  die  Kutikulare und
   stomatare Transpiration.   Svensk.  Bot.  Tidsk.  26:45-69.

 Stanfield,  B.,  D.  P.  Ormrod and H.  F.  Fletcher.  1966   Response of  peas
   to environment.   II.  Effect  of temperature in  controlled  environment
   cabinets. Can.  J.  Plant  Sci.  46:195-203.

 Stanhill,  G.   1961   A comparison of  methods  calculating potential evapo-
   trnaspiration from climatic  data.  Israel  J. Agric.  Res.  11:159-171.

 Stanhill, G.   1973   Simplified  agroclimatic  procedures for assessing the
   effect of water  supply.   In:  Plant response  to climatic factors.
   R.  0. Slatyer  (ed.) Unesco,  Paris, p. 461-476.

 Staple, W.  J. and J. J, Lehane.   1954a  Wheat yield and use of moisture
   on  substations in  southern Saskatchewan.   Can. J. Agric. Sci. 34:460-468.
Staple, W. J. and J. J. Lehane.  1954b  Weather conditions
  wheat yields in tanks and field plots.  Can. J. Agric. Sci. 34:552-564.

Stapley, J. H. and F. C. H. Gayner.  1969  World crop protection.  Vol.  1.
  Pests and diseases.  The chemical rubber company, Cleavland.

Steele, J. G.  1967  Soil survey interpretation and its use.   Soil  Bull.
  No. 8.  F. A. 0. of the United Nations, Rome.

Tamm, E. and G. Krysch.  1961   Zum Verlauf des C02-6eha1tes der Luft.
  Zeit 1m Bereich landwirtschafelicher Kulturphlanzenbetande.  Z.  Acker
  Pflanz.  112:253-377.
                                    143

-------
Tanner, C. B.  1967  Measurements of evapotranspi ration.   In:  Irrigation  of
  agricultural  lands.  R.  M.  Hagan,  R.  H.  Haise  and  T.  W.  Edminster, eds.
  Agronomy series.  Amer.  Soc.  Agron.  Madison, Wisconsin,  p.  534-573.

Tanner, C. B. and W. L. Pelton.  1960  Potential evapotranspiration estimates
  by the approximate energy balance  method of Penman.   J.  Geophysical.
  Res. 65:3391-3413.

Taylor, S. A.  1952  Estimating the  intergrated  soil  tension  in  the root
  zone of growing crops.  Soil  Sci .  73:331-339.

Taylor, S. A.  1964  Water conditions and  flow in  the soil-plant-atmosphere
  system.  Amer. Soc. Agron.  Spec. Pub. 5:81-107.

Thompson, L. M.  1962  An evaluation of weather  factors in the production
  of wheat.  J. Soil Water Conserv.  17:149-156.

Thompson, L. M. and  F. R.  Troeh.  1973  Soil  and soil  fertility.  McGraw-
  Hill, New  York.

Thorne, G. N.  1970  Use of controlled environments  for studying the  effects
  of climatic factors on growth and yield.  In:  Prediction and measurement
     399-404°        Productivity.  I. Setlik, ed., Wageningen, Pudoc.


Thorne, G  N., M. A. Ford and  D. J.  Watson.  1968  Growth, development and
  yield of spring wheat in artificial climate.  Ann. Bot.  32:425-446.

Thorne, G. N., D. J. Watson and M. A. Ford.  1967  Effect of temperature
  variation  at different times on growth and yield of sugar beet and  barley.
  Ann. Bot.  31:71-101.

Thornthwaite, C.  W.  1948  An  approach toward a rational classification of
  climate.   Geographical Rev.  38:55-94.


Th?rn^lHe; S*  W; and B; HOlZmMn'  1939  The determination of evaporation
  from land  and water  surface.  Monthly Weather Rev. 67:4-11.


                                                     in relation to
 Turner, N.  C.  and J.  E.  Begg.   1973   Stomatal behavior and water status of
                                                      '• At      '**
                                                      and cunivat1011 °f
                                      144

-------
 Viglierchio, D. R. and F. W. Went.  1957  Plant growth under controlled
   conditions.  XI. Growth and fruiting of Kentucky wonder bean (Phaseolus
   vulgaris).  Amer. J. Bot. 44:449-453.

 Visser, W. C.  1961  Soil moisture sampling as a basis for a detailed  des-
   cription of moisture utilization by crops.  In: Plant-water relationships
   in arid and semi-arid conditions.  Unesco, Paris, p. 33-41.

 Voldeng, H. D.  and G. E.  Blackman.  1973  The influences  seasonal  changes
   in solar radiation and  air temperature on the growth in the early vege-
   tative phase of Zea mays.  Ann.  Bot.  37:553-563.

 Waddington, J.   1973  Use of factor analysis to investigate  relations
   between environmental variables  and forage yield.   Can.  J.  Plant Sci .
   53:309-316.

 Wadsworth, R. M.   1959 An optimum wind speed for plant growth.  Ann. Bot.
   23:195-199.

 Waggoner, P.  E.,  D. M.  Moss and  J.  D.  Hesketh.   1963   Radiation in the plant
   environment and photosynthesis.   Agron.  J.  55:36-38.

 Walter,  H.   1963   The water supply of  desert plants.   In: The water rela-
   tions  of plants.   J.  Rutter and  F.  H.  Whitehead,  eds., Oxford, Blackwell.
   p.  199-205.

 Wang, J.  Y.   1960  A critique of the heat  unit  approach to plant response
   studies.   Ecology 41:785-790.

 Warren Wilson,  J.   1967   Effects of seasonal  variation in radiation and
   temperature on  net assimilation  rate  and growth rates in an and climate.
   Ann. Bot. 31:41-57.
              n
  content and sugar yield of sugar beet crops.  Ann. Appl .  Biol.  71.159 185.

Watts  W  R   1974  Leaf extension in Zea mays III. Field measurements  of
  leaf extension in response to temperalUre and leaf water  potential.
  J. Expt. Bot. 25:1085-1096.

Webster, J. M.  1972  Economic nematology.  Academic Press, New York.

Went, F. W.  1948  Thermoperiodicity   In: Vernalization and photoperiodism.
  Lolsya, I. Chronica Botanica, Waltham, Mass. P.  145-157.

Went, F. W.  1956  The role of environment in plant growth.   Amer.  Scientist
  44:378-398.
Went, F. W.  1957  The experimental  control  of plant growth.   Ronald Press,
  New York.
                                    145

-------
Went, F. W. and L.  0.  Sheps.   1969  Environmental  factors  in  regulation  of
  growth and development:  Ecological  factors.   In:  Plant  Physiology  a
  Treatise.  F. C.  Steward, ed.   Academic Press,  New York.  p.  299-406.

Whitehead, F. H,  1957  Wind as  a factor in plant growth.   In:  Control  of
  the plant environment.  J. P.  Hudson, ed., London: Butterworth Scientific
  Publications, p.  84-95.

Whiteman, P. C. and G. L.  Wilson.  1965  The effects of water stress on the
  reproductive development of Sorghum vulqare Pers.  Queensland Univ.
  Dept. Bot. 4:233-239.

Whyte,  R. 0.   1960  Crop production and environment.  Faber and Faber,
  London.

Williams, G. D. V.  1969  Weather and prairie wheat production.  Can.  J.
  Agric.  Econ.  17:99-109.

Wilson, W.  J.  and  R.  M. Wadsworth.  1958  The effect of wind speed on assi-
  milation  rate -  a reassessment.  Ann. Bot. 22:285-290.

 Yoshino,  M.  M.  1974   Agricultural climatology in Japan.    In: Agricultural
  meteorology  of Japan.  Yoshiaki, M.  ed.,  University of Tokyo  Press, Tokyo,
   p. 11-40.
                                       146

-------
                            REFERENCES -  SECTION  V-B

 Adedipe, N.  0., G.  Hofstra and D.  P.  Ormrod.   1972   Effects of sulfur
   nutrition  on phytotoxicity and growth  responses of bean plants to ozone.
   Can.  J.  Bot. 50:1789-1793.

 Applegate, H.  G.  and L.  C. Durrant.   1969   Synergistic action of ozone-
   sulphur  dioxide on peanuts.   Environ.  Sci.  Tech. 3:759-760.

 Brennan, E., I. Leone and R. H.  Daines.  1962 Ammonia injury to apples
   and peaches  in  storage.   Plant Dis.  Reptr.  46:792-795.

 Brennan, E., I. A.  Leone and R.  H. Daines.  1950  Fluorine toxicity in
   tomato as  modified by  alterations in the  nitrogen,  calcium and phosphorus
   nutrition  of plants.   Plant  Physio! . 25:736-747.

 Bennett, J.  H., A.  C.  Hill,  A.  Soleimani and  W.  H  Edwards.  1975  Acute
   effects  of combinations  of sulfur dioxide and  nitrogen dioxide on plants.
   Environ. Pollut.  9:127-132.

 Brewer   R  F   F. B.  Guillemet and R.  K. Creveling.   1961  Influence of
   N-P-K fertilization  on incidence and severity  of oxidant injury to mangels
   and spinach.  Soil  Sci.  92:298-301.

 Brewer,  R. F.,  F. H.  Sotherland,  F. B. Guillemet and  R. K  Creveling   1960.
   Some  effects  of hydrogen fluoride gas on bearing navel  orange trees.
   Amer.  Soc. Hort.  Sci.  76:208-214.

 Brislev  H   R   C   R  Davis  and J. A. Booth.  1959  Sulphur dioxide fumi-
   gaifon of  cotton  with  social reference to  its effect on yield.   Agron.
   J.  51:77-80.

 C-ers,  L.^1968 ^lassifi cation ^extent of^ir pollution  problems.


 Craker,  L. E.   1971   Effects of mineral nutrients on ozone susceptibility
   of Lemna minor.   Can.  J. Bot. 49:1411-1414.

 Darley,  E. F.   1966  Studies on the effect of cement-kiln dust  on  vegetation.
   J. Air Pollu. Cont. Accoc. 16:145-150.

De Ong, E. R.  1946  Injury to apprlcot leaves from fluorine deposit.
  Phytopath. 36:469-471.
                                    147

-------
Dochinger, L. S., F.  W.  Bender,  F.  0.  Fox and VI.  W.  Heck.   1970  Chlorotic
  dwarf of eastern white pine caused by ozone and sulfur dioxide  inter-
  action.  Nature 225:476.

Dugger, W. M., 0. C.  Taylor, E.  Cardiff and C. R. Thompson.  1962  Rela-
  tionship between carbohydrate content and susceptibility of pinto bean
  plants to ozone damage.  Amer. Soc.  Hort. Sci.  81:304-314

Dugger, W. W. Jr., 0. C. Taylor, W. H. Klein and W.  Shropshir, Jr.   1963
  Action spectrum of peroxyacetyl nitrate damage to bean plants.   Nature
  198:75-76.

Dunning, J. A. and W. W.  Heck.  1973  Response of pinto bean and tobacco
  to  ozone as conditioned by light  intensity and/or humidity.  Environ.
  Sci.  Tech.  7:824-826.

 Dunning,  J.  A.,  W. W. Heck and  D. T. Tingey.   1974  Foliar sensitivity of
  pinto bean  and soybean  to  ozone as affected  by temperature,  potassium
  nutrition  and  ozone dose.  Water  Air Soil  Pollut. 3:305-311.

 Engle,  R.  L.  and W.  H.  Gabelman.   1967   The  effect of low  levels of ozone
   on pinto beans,  Phaseolus  vulgaris  L.   Amer. Soc. Hort.  Sci. 91:304-309.

 Glater, R.  B.,  R.  A.  Solberg and F. M.  Scott.  1962  A  developmental
   study of the  leaves of Nicotiana  glutinosa as  related to their smong-
   sensitivity.   Amer. J.  Bot. 49:954-970.

 Hall, W. C., G.  B. Truchelut, C. L. Leinweber and F. H. Herrero.   1957
   Ethylene production by the cotton plant and its effects  under  experimental
   and field condition.   Physiol. Plant.  10:306-317.

 Heagle, A. S. and L. W. Key.  1973a  Effect of ozone on the  wheat  stem rust
   fungus.  Phytopath. 63:397-400.

 Heagle, A. S. and L. W. Key.  1973b  Effect of Pucinia graminis  f. sp.
   tritica on ozone injury in wheat.  Phytopath.  63:609-613.

 Heagle, A. S.,  D. E. Body and G. E. Neely.  1974  Injury and yield responses
   of soybean to chronic doses of ozone and  sulfur dioxide in the field.
   Phytopath. 64:132-136.

 Heagle,  A.  S.,  D. E. Body and  E. K. Pounds.   1972  Effect of ozone on yield
   of sweet  corn.  Phytopath. 62:683-687.

 Heggestad,  H.  E.  1973  Photochemical air pollution injury to potato in the
   atlantic  coastal  states.  Amer.  Potato J.  50:315-328.

 Heggestad,  H.  E.  and J.  T.  Middleton.   1959  Ozone in  high concentrations
   as cause  of  toabcco  leaf  injury.   Sci.  129:208-210.
                                      148

-------
 Heck, W.  W.  1976  Plant and Microorganisms.   In:  Environmental  health
   effects.  Vol.  2.   Ozone and other photochemical  oxidants.   Chapter  11.
   EPA-600/1 -76-027  b.   U.S.  E.P.A.  Office Res.  Dev.,  Health  Effects Res.
   Lab., Res.  Triangle  Park,  N.  C.

 Heck, W.  W.  1968  Factors influencing  expression  of  oxidant  damage to
   plants.   Ann.  Rev. Phytopath.  6:165-188.

 Heck, W.  W. and  J.  A.  Dunning.   1967 The effects  of  ozone on tobacco and
   pinto bean  as  conditioned  by  several  ecological  factors.  J. Air. Pollut.
   Cont.  Assoc. 17:112-114.

 Heck, W.  W.,  J.  A.  Dunning and  I. J.  Hindawi.   1966   Ozone: Nonlinear
   relation  of dose  and injury in plants.   Sci.  151:577-578.

 Heck, W.  W.,  J.  A.  Dunning and  I. J.  Hindawi.   1965   Interactions of
   environmental  factors  on the  sensitivity of plants  to air pollution.
   J.  Air  Pollut.  Cont.  Assoc.  15:511-515.

 Heck   W   W  and  D.  T.  Tingey.   1971   Ozone.  Time-concentration model  to
   predict acute  foliar injury.   In:  H.  M.  Englund and W. T. Beery, eds.
   Proceedings of  the second  international clean air congress.  Held at
   Washington, D.  C., Dec.  6-11,  1970, New York: Academic Press,  p. 249-255.

 Hill,  A.  C.,  S.  Hill,  C.  Lamb and T.  W. Barrett.  1974  Sensitivity of
   native desert vegetation to S02 and S02 + N02.  J. Air Pollut. Cont.
   Assoc.  24:153-157.

 Hitchcock,  A. E., P. W.  Zimmerman and R. R. Coe.  1963  The effect of
   fluorides on Milo maize  (Sorghum  sp.).  Contrib. Boyce Thompson Inst.
   22:175-206.

 Hitrhrnrk   A  E   P  W  Zimmerman and R. R. Coe.  1962  Results  of ten
  years' work (\W-mQ) oTthe effect of fluorides on gladiolus.  Contrib.
   Boyce Thompson  Inst.  PI. Res.  21:303-344.

 Hoffman  G  J   E  V. Maas and S. L. Rawlins.  1975  Salinity -  Ozone
 1nSc?ive'effects  on alfalfa yield and water relations.   J.  Environ.
  Qual. 4:326-331.

         G  1   E  V  Maas and S. L. Rawlins.  1973  Salinity-ozone  inter-
       e effects on yielded water relations of pinto bean.   J.  Environ.
  Qua. 2:148-152.
                       r  mil  eds   1970  Recognition of air pollution
                       : A  M 'ati  s   Air  ollut. ContHb.  Assoc.,
  Air pollut. Contrib. Admin., Inform. Rept. 1  A1-H3.

Jenson, Keith F.  1973  Response of nine forest tree species to chronic
  ozone fumigation.  Plant Dis. Reptr. 57:914-917.
                                     149

-------
Juhren, M., W. Noble and F.  W.  Went.   1957   The standardization  of  Poa
  annua as an indicator of smog concentrations.  I.  Effects  on  temperature,
  photoperiod, and light intensity during growth of the  test-plants.
  Plant Physio!. 32:576-586.

Kerr, E. D. and R. A. Reinert.   1968   The response  of  bean  to  ozone as
  related to infection by Pseudomonas phaseolicola  (abstract).   Phytopath.
  58:1055.

Khantamian, H. N. 0. Adedipe and D. P. Ormrod.   1973  Soil -pi ant-water
  aspects of ozone phototoxicity in tomato  plants.   Plant Soil  38:531-541.

Leone,  I. A. and E. Brennan.  1972 Modification of sulfur dioxide  injury
  to tobacco and tomato by varying nitrogen and sulfur nutrition.   J.  Air
  Pollut. Cont. Assoc. 22:544-547.

Leone,  I. A. and E. Brennan.  1970  Ozone toxicity on tomato as modified
  by phosphorus nutrition.  Phytopath. 60:1521-1524.

Leone,  I. A., E. Brennan and R. H. Daines.   1966  Effect of nitrogen nutri-
  tion  on the response of tobacco to  ozone  in the atmosphere.   J.  Air Pollut.
  Cont. Assoc.  16:191-196.

Lerman, S.  L. and  E. F. Darley.  1975  Parti culates.  In: Responses of
  plants  to air pollution.  J.  B. Mudd and  T. T. Kozlowski, eds.  Academic
  press,  New York, San Francisco, London, p. 141-158.

Linzon, S.  N.   1965  Sulfur dioxide injury to trees in the vicinity of
  petroleum refineries.  Forestry Chronicle 41:245-247.

Macdowall,  F. D. H.  1965   Predisposition of tobacco to ozone damage.  Can.
  J.  Plant  Sci. 45:1-12.

Macdowall   F. D.  H.  and A.  F.  W. Cole.   1971  Threshold and synergistic
  damage  to tobacco  by ozone and sulfur  dioxide.   Atmos. Environ.  5:553-559.

 Magdycz,  W. P  and W J. Manning.  1973  BotrytijL  cjjierea.  protects  broad
   bean against  visible  ozone injury  (abstract).  Phytopath. 63:204.

 Mandl, R   H   L.  H  Weinstein  and  M.  Keveny.   1975 Effects of  hydrogen

                                         "  combination °
                 IS,
                                      150

-------
 Manning, W. J., W. A. Feder, I.  Perkins  and M.  Glickman.   1969  Ozone
   injury and infection of potato leaves  by Botrytis  cinerea.  Plant Dis.
   Reptr. 53:691-693.

 Manning, W. J., W. A. Feder and  P.  M.  Vardaro.   1974  Suppression of oxi-
   dant injury by benomyl :  Effects on yields of  bean  cultivars in the field.
   J.  Environ.  Qua! .  3:1-3.

 Matsushima, J.  and R. F.  Brewer.   1972  Influence of sulfur dioxide and
   hydrogen fluoride  as a  mix or  reciprocal  exposure  on citrus growth and
   development.   J. Air Pollut. Cont. Assoc.  22:710-713.

 McCune,  D.  C.   1969   Floride criteria  for  vegetation reflect the diversity
   of  the plant  kingdom.   Environ.  Sci . Tech. 3:720-735.

 Mcllveen,  W.  D.,  R. A.  Spotts and  D. D.  Davis.   1975 The  influence of soil
   zinc on  nodulation, mycorrhizae,  and ozone-sensitivity of pinto bean.
   Phytopath.  65:645-647.

 Means, Jr.  W. E.,  and N. L.  Lacasse.   1969   Relative sensitivity of twelve
   tree species  to  hydrogen  chloride gas  (abstract).   Phytopath.  59:401.

 Menser,  H.  A. and  H.  E. Heggestad.  1966  Ozone  and  sulphur dioxide syner-
   gism.  Injury to tobacco  plants.  Sci. 153:424-425.

 Middleton,  J. T.   1961  Photochemical air pollution  to plants.   Ann.  Rev.
   Plant  Physiol.  12:431-448.

 Middleton,  J. T.,  A.  S. Crafts, R.  F. Brewer and 0.  C. Taylor.   1956
   Plant  damage  by  air pollution.   Cal. Agnc. 10(8}:9-10.

 Middleton,  J. T. and  A. 0.  Paulus.  1956  The identification and distribu-
   tion of air pollutants through plant response.  Arch. Ind.  Health.  14.
   526-532.

Miller,  P.  R., J.  R.  Parmeter, Jr., 0.  C. Taylor and E  A.  Cardiff    1963
  Ozone  injury to  the foliage of Pinus ponderosa.  Phytopath. 53.1072-1080.

Millican  A  A   1976  A survey and assessment of air pollution  damage  to
  California vegetation, 1970 through 1974.  State of California, Dept.
  of Food and Agriculture.


                                                                       to
  pollution.  Academic Press, New York.
                                     151

-------
Naegele, J.  A.  ed.   1973  Air pollution damage  to vegetation.  Adv. Chem.
  ser.  122.   Amer.  Chem. Soc., Washington,  D. C.

Noble,  W. M.  1955   Pattern of damage  produced  on vegetation  by  smog.
  Agric. Food Chem. 3:330-332.

Oertli, J. J.  1959  Effect of salinity on  susceptibility  of  sunflower
  plants to smog.  Soil  Sci . 87:249-251.

Ormrod, D. P. and N. 0.  Adedipe.   1974 Protecting  horticultural  plants
  from atmospheric  pollutants: A review.  Hort.  Sci.  9:108-111.

Ormrod, D. P., N. 0. Adedipe and G.  Hofstra.   1973   Ozone  effects on  growth
  of radish plants  as influenced by  nitrogen  and phosphorus nutrition and
  by temperature.  Plant Soil. 39:437-439.

Oshima, R. J.  1973  Effect of ozone on a commercial  sweet corn  variety.
  Plant Dis. Reptr. 57:719-723.

Oshima, R. J., 0. C. Taylor, P. K. Braegelmann  and  D. W.  Baldwin.  1975
  Effect of ozone on the yield and plant  biomass of a commercial variety
  of tomato.  0. Environ. Qual . 4:463-464.

Otto,  H. W. and  R.  H. Daines.  1969  Plant  injury by air pollutants:
  Influence of humidity on stomatal  apertures and plant response to ozone.
  Sci.  163:1209-1210.

Page,  A. L., T.  J. Ganje and M. S. Joshi.  1971  Lead quantities in plants,
  soil, and air  near some major highways  in southern California.  Hilgardia
  41.  No. 1.

Pippen,  E.  L., A.  L. Potter, V. G. Randall, K.  C. Ng, F. W. Reutre III,
  A. I.  Morgan,  Jr. and R. J.  Oshima.  1975  Effect of ozone fumigation on
  crop composition.  J. Food  Sci. 40:672-676.

Rhoads,  A.,  J. Troiaw and  E.  Breunan.  1973  Ethyl ene gas as a cause of
  injury to easter lilies.   Plant Dis. Reptr. 57:1023-1024.

Rich,  S.  and N.  C.  Turner.   1972  Importance of moisture on stomatal
        ,°™?f  plants subJ"ected to ozone.   J. Air Pollut. Cont. Assoc.
         -721 .
            ; L"  J>  T:  Middleton and w-  B- Hewitt.  1958  Air pollution with
   50:559-561° agr°n0mic crops:  V'  Oxidant  stiPPle to grape.  Agron. J.
      Air' nni I.,!?7;!  SelTectl'n9  and  breeding  plants  for  increased  resistance
    d   Adw  rh«  I'   I";0AlrP°n"t1°n  damage  to  vegetation.  Naegele,  J.  A.
   ed.  Adv. Chem.  Ser.  122.  Amer.  Chem.  Soc. ,  Washington,  D.  C.
                                      152

-------
 Seidman, G., I.  J.  Hindawi  and W.  W.  Heck.   1965   Environmental conditions
   affecting the  use of plants  as  indicators  of  air pollution.  J. Air
   Pollut. Cont.  Assoc. 15:168-170.

 Shinohara, T., Y.  Yamamoto, H.  Kitano and M.  Fukuda.   1974   Interactions
   of light and ozone injury in tobacco.  Proc.  Crop.  Sci. Soc. Jap. 43:
   433-438.

 Shinohara, T., Y.  Yamamoto, H.  Kitano and M.  Fukuda.   1973   Effects of
   temperature on ozone injury  to  tobacco.  Proc. Crop  Sci. Soc. Jap.
   42:418-421.

 Skelly,  J. M., L.  D.  Moore  and  L.  L.  Stone.   1972   Symptom expression of
   eastern white  pine located near  a source of oxides of nitrogen and
   sulfur dioxide.   Plant  Dis.  Reptr.  56:3-6.

 Stolzy,  L. H., 0.  C.  Taylor, W. M. Dugger, Jr.  and  J.  D. Mersereace.  1964
   Physiological  changes in  and  ozone  susceptibility of the tomato plants
   after  short periods of  inadequate oxygen diffusion to the roots.  Proc.
   Soil Sci Soc.  Amer.  28:305-308.

 Stolzy,  L. H., 0. C.  Taylor, J. Letey  and T,  E. Szuszkiewicz.  1961   Influ-
   ence of soil-oxygen diffusion rates  on susceptibility of tomato plants
   to  air-borne oxidants.  Soil  Sci. 91:151-155.

 Taylor,  0.  C,  1974   Air  pollutant effects influenced by plant-environmental
   interaction.   In: Air pollution effects on  plant  growth. Dugger, M.  ed.
   ACS symposium  Ser.  3.   Amer.  Chem. Soc., Washington, D.C.

 Taylor,  0.  C.  1973   Acute  responses of plants to aerial pollutants.  In:
   Air pollution  damage to vegetation.   J. A.  Naegele, ed.   Adv. Chem.  Ser.
   122, Amer. Chem. Soc.,  Washington, D. C.

 Taylor   0.  C.  1969   Importance of peroxyacetyl  nitrate (PAN) as  a phyto-
   toxic  air  pollutant.  J. Air Pollut. Cont.  Assoc. 19:347-351.

 Taylor,  0.  C., W. M. Dugger, Jr., E. A. Cardiff and E. F.  Darley.   1961
   Interaction of light and atmospheric photochemical products ( smog )
  within  plants.   Nature  192:814-816.

 Taylor,  0. C., E. R. Stephens, E.  F. Darley and E.  A.  Cardiff.   1960
   Effect  of air-borne oxidants on leaves of pinto  bean and petunia.
  Amer.  Soc. Hort.  Sci. 75:435-444.

 Thomas, M. D. and G. R. Hill.  1937  Relation of sulfur dioxide In the
  atmosphere to photosynthesis and respiration of  alfalfa.   Plant  Physiol.
  12:309-383.

Thompson, C. R.  and 0. C.  Taylor.   1969  Effects of ^pollutants JJ 9rowth'
  leaf drop, and  yield of  citrus trees.  Environ.  Sci.  Tech.  3:934-940.
                                     153

-------
Ting, I. P. and W.  M.  Dugger,  Jr.   1968   Factors  affecting  ozone  sensitivity
  and susceptibility of cotton plants.   J.  Air  Pollut.  Cont. Assoc.  18:
  810-813.

Tingey, D. T., W.  W. Heck and  R.  A.  Reinert.   1971   Effect  of  low concen-
  trations of ozone and sulfur dioxide on foliage growth and yield of
  radish.  Amer. Soc.  Hort.  Sci.  96:369-371.

Tingey, D. T. and R. A. Reinert.   1975   The effect of ozone and sulfur
  dioxide singly and in combination  on plant growth.  Environ. Pollut.
  y • I I / ™ I £0 •

Tingey, D. T., R.  A. Reinert,  J.  A.  Dunning and W.  W. Heck. 1973 Foliar
  injury responses of eleven plant species  to ozone/sulfur  dioxide mixtures.
  Atmos. Environ.  7:201-208.

Tingey, D. T., R.  A. Reinert,  J.  A.  Dunning and W.  W. Heck. 1971  Veqe-

                                 '    °f  nitrogen  dl'oxide and sulfur  dioxide.
   h: t' !" ?i C' McCune, A.  L.  Aluisio and  P.  Van  Leuken.   1975
  Ind -rfS hitnSlfSrtdl°J1de ?" ^he  1nc1den<*  and  severity  of  bean  rust
  and early blight of tomato.   Environ.  Pollut.  9:145-155.

White, K. L., A. C. Hill and J. H.  Bennett.   1974  Synerqistic inhibition
  of apparent photosynthesis rate of alfalfa  by  combinations  of  su  fur
  dioxide and nitrogen dioxide.  Environ.  Sci. Tech.  8:574-5761
                                            Sm°9  ^-y and  rust  infection.
                                     154

-------
                             REFERENCES - SECTION V-C

 Anonymous.  1965  Estimates of crop losses in California, 1963.   Univ.
   of Calif. Agric. Expt. Sta. and Agric. Exten. Service, Berkeley.

 Baier, W.  1973  Crop-weather analysis model: review and model development.
   J. Appl. Meteorol. 12:937-947.

 Baier, W.  1967  Recent advancements in the use of climatic data  for
   estimating soil moisture.  Ann. Arid Zone 6(1):1-21.

 Baier, W. and G. W.  Robertson.   1968  The performance of soil moisture
   estimates as compared with direct use of climatological  data for estimating
   crop yields.  Agric.  Meteorol. 5:17-31.

 Baier, W. and G. W.  Robertson.   1966  A new versatile soil  moisture  budget.
   Can. J. Plant Sci.  47:299-316.

 Benedict, H.  M., C.  J.  Miller and J.  S.  Smith.   1973  Assessment  of  economic
   impact of air pollutants  on vegetation  in the United  States: 1969  and
   1971.   Final  Report,  SRI  Project LSU-1503.  Stanford  Research Institute,
   Menlo Park,  California.   96pp.

 Benedict, H.  M., C.  J.  Miller and R.  E. Olson.   1971  Economic impact of
   air  pollutants on  plants  in the United  States.   Final  Report, SRI  project
   LSD-1056.   Stanford Research  Institute, Menlo  Park, California.  77pp.

 Brandt,  C.  S.  and  W.  W.  Heck.   1968   Effects  of air pollutants on vegetation.
   In:  Air Pollution Volume  I.   A.  C.  Stern  (ed.).  p. 401-443.  Academic
   Press,  New  York.

 Brisley,  H. R.,  C. R. Davis and  J. A. Booth.  1959  Sulphur dioxide fumiga-
   tion of cotton with special reference to  its effect on yield.   Agron.  J.
   51:77-80.

 Brisley,  H. R. and W. W. Jones.    1950  Sulphur dioxide fumigation of  wheat
  with special reference to its effect on yield.  Plant Physiol.  25:666-681.

 Buck, S.  F.  1961  The use of rainfall, temperature, and actual  transpira-
  tion in some crop-weather investigations.  J.  Agric. Dei. 57:355-365.

 Dale, R.  F. and  R. H. Shaw.   1965  The climatology of soil  moisture,  atmos-
  pheric  evaporative demand, and resulting moisture stress days for corn at
  Ames, Iowa.  J. Appl.  Meteorol. 4:661-669.

Das, J. C. and M. L.  Madnani.   1971  Forecasting the yield  of principal
  c^op  in India on the  basis of weather:  paddy-rice  Koukan and Madhya
  Maharashtra).  Agrimet No. 1,  Part 1,  India Meteorol.  Dept., Poona, p.  1-15.
                                     155

-------
Dermine, P.  and H.  R.  Klinck.   1966   The value  of  standard weather data  in
  yield-climate studies of two  oat varieties.   Can. J.  Plant  Sci. 46:27-34.

Earley, E. B., R.  J.  Miller,  G.  L. Reichert,  R.  H.  Hageman and  R. D.  Seif.
  1966  Effect of  shade on maize production under  field  conditions
  Crop Sci.  6:1-7.

Feliciano, A.  1971   Survey and assessment of air  pollution damage to
  vegetation in New Jersey.  New Brunswick, New Jersey.   Co-operative
  Extension Service,  CAES, Rutgers,  The  State Univ.

Fisher, R. A.  1924  The influence of rainfall  on  the yield of  wheat  at
  Rothamstad.  Phil.  Brans. Ser. B.  213:89-142.

Gangopadhyaya, M.  and R. P. Sarker.   1965 Influence of  rainfall distri-
  bution on the yield of wheat  crop.   Agric.  Meteorol .  2:331-350.

Haise, H. R. and R.  M.  Hagan.   1967   Soil, plant and evaporative measure-
  ments as criteria for scheduling irrigation.   Agronomy 11:577-597.
          '    9erminat1°n  °f Whedt  9r°Wth  environtnent  relationships.
         j


   ncc*' S:j °:  E<  Bod2 and W'  W'  Heck'   1973   An open-top field  chamber
   %« SSI  he lmpact of air P°llution  on  plants.  J.  Environ. Qual.
   .JOO-ODo.


    f ";eW< W19760 Piant and Microorganisms.   In:  Environmental Health
  EPA fiOO/l 7? n™   nnc ajd°jhej;  Photochemical  oxidants.  Chapter  11.
  aCrutp'fni-and-D- T'  T1?9ey;  1971   Time-concentration model  to  predict
  Air Congress 'T^' F  \  ^^r °f  the  5econd  International  Cean
  Press  New York        9         W*  T'  Berry  (eds-}- p'  249-255'   Academ1c
Hill, G. R. Jr.  and M.  D.  Thomas.   1933 Influence  of  leaf  destruction  bv

  8:223-245]    *     ^ Cl1PP1'n9  °n the yield  °f  al^l'a.   Plant  Physiol.
  !!e!'1^'4. ?' W'« R:  A'  Dunnin9 and K.  P.  Humphries.   1955   The  effects  of

  Bio?  43:63^   "  °f ***** ^ y1eld  °?          '
Kendall, M. G.  1957  A course in multivariate analysis.   Hafner,  New  York.
                                    156

-------
 Lacasse, N. L. and W. J. Moroz.  1969  Handbook of effects assessment:
   Vegetation damage.  Center for Air Environment Studies, The Pennsyl-
   vania State Univ., Univ. Park, Penn.

 Lewin, J, and J. Lomas.  1974  A comparison of statistical and soil  moisture
   modeling techniques in a long-term study of wheat yield performance under
   semi-arid conditions.  J. Appl. Ecol.  11:1081-1090.

 Liu, B. and E. S. Yu.  1976  Damage functions for air pollutants.  Midwest
   Research Institute.  EPA Contract No.  68-01-2968.  Kansas City,  Mo.

 Lomas, J.  1972  Economic significance of dry-land farming in the  arid
   northern Negev of Israel.  Agric.  Meteorol. 10:383-392.

 Lomas, J. and Y. Shashoua.   1973  The effect  of rainfall  on wheat  yields  in
   an arid region.  In:  Plant response to climatic factors.   R.  0.  Slatyer,
   (ed.) p.  531-538.   Unesco,  Paris.

 Middleton,  J.  T.  and A.  0.  Paulus.   1956  The identification and distri-
   bution of air pollutants  through  plant response.   Arch.  Indust.  Health.
   14:526-532.

 Millican  A  A.   1976  A survey and  assessment  of air  pollution damage to
   California  vegetation,  1970  through 1974.   State  of  California,  Dept.
   of Food  and  Agriculture.

 Millican, A. A.   1971   A survey and  assessment  of air  pollution damage to
   California.  State  Dept. of Agriculture,  Sacramento,  Ca.

 Naegele, J. A.,  W. A. Feder and C. J.  Brandt.   1972  Assessment of air
   pollution damage to vegetation  in  New  England July 1971- July 1972.
   Final  Repart.   Waltham Mass.,  Suburban  Expt.  Sta.

 Oshima,  R. J.   1975   Development  of  a system for  evaluating and reproting
   economic crop losses caused by  air pollution in California.  III. Ozone
   dosage-crop loss conversion function alfalfa, sweet corn; Final  Report
   to  the State of California, Air Resources Board under Agreement  ARB 3-690.

 Oshima,  R. J.  1974   Development of a system for evaluating and reporting
   economic crop losses caused by air pollution in California.  II.  Yield
   study; Final Report to the State of California, Air Resources Board
   under Agreement ARB 2-704.

Oshima, R. J., M. P. Doe, P. K. Braegelman, D. W. Baldwin and V. Van  Way.
   1976  Ozone dosage-crop loss function for alfalfa: A standardized method
  for assessing crop losses from air pollutants.  Air Pollu. Cont.  Assoc.
  J. 26:861-865.

Pell  E. J.  and E. Brennan.   1975  Economic impact of air pollution on vege-
  tation in New Jersey and an interpretation of its annual  variability.
  Environ. Pollu. 8:23-33.
                                     157

-------
Phipps, R  H   R.  j  Fulford  and  F. C. Crofts.  1975  Relationships between
  the production of forage maize  and accumulated temperature, Ontario heat
  units and solar  radiation.   Agric. Meteorol . 14:385-397.

Richard, L. C. and L  0.  Pochop.   1975  Principal components and crop
  weather analysis.  Trans. Amer.  Soc. Agric. Eng. 18:335-339.
         : 423W'   4075   R1Ce  and Weather'  Technical Note No.  144.   WMO


Robertson, G  W.   1974   Wheat yields for 50 years at Swift Current   Sask-
  atchewan, in relation  to weather.  Can. 0. Plant Sci .  54:625^5o!
         eniqTh-!1--/- A11en' Jr" D' W- Stew^ and
  S. E. Jensen.   1974  The  soil -plant-atmosphere model and some of its
  predictions.   Agric.  Meteorol. 14:286-307.
      cowaesunn         apf °Jlimatic Procedures for assessing  the
     0  S?atve?fpd  ?Ply'AKi A7?ann resP°nse to climatic factors.
   . u. biatyer ^ed.; p. 461-476.  Unesco, Paris.
                                                          JR.   -«
                                      ' -
Thompson,  L.  M.   1963  Weather and technology 1n the
  ansoybeans.   CAED Report 17.  Center fo^'Agrlc
  Ames, Iowa.
                                    158

-------
 Thompson, L. M.  1962  Evaluation of weather factors in the production of
   wheat.  J. Soil. Water Conserv. 17:149-156.

 Thompson, C. R. and 0. C. Taylor.  1969  Effects of air pollutants  on  growth,
   leaf drop, fruit drop, and yield of citrus trees.  Environ.  Sci.  Tech.
   3:934-940.

 Waddell, T.  E.   1974  The economic damages  of air pollution.   Washington
   Environmental Research Center,  U.S.  E.P.A., Washington,  D. C.

 Weidensaul,  T.  C.  and  N.  L.  Lacasse.   1972   Results of  the 1969 statewide
   survey of  air pollution damage  to vegetation in Pennsylvania.  PI. Dis.
   Reptr.  56:701-704.

 Westman,  W.  E.  and  W.  D.  Conn.  1976   Quantifying  benefits of  pollution
   control: Benefits of controlling air and water  pollution from energy
   production and use.  Report to  Energy Resources  Conserv. and Devel. Comm.,
   State  of California.

 Williams, G. D. V.  1969   Weather and  prairie wheat production.  Can.  J.
  Agric.  Econ.  17(1):99-109.

 Winkler,  R. L.  1967   The assessment of prior distributions in Bayesian
  analysis.  J. Amer.  Statistical  Assoc. 62:776-800.

 Zellner, A.  1971  An  introduction to Bayesian inference in econometrics.
  John Wiley.

Zellner, A. and J.  F. Richard.  1973  Use of prior information  in  the  analy-
  sis and estimation of Cobb-Douglas proudction function models.   Inter-
  national Econ. Rev.  14(1):107-119.
                                    159

-------
                            REFERENCES  - SECTION VI-A

                                                   analysis-
                                                             1ts  appl1cat1on
  869-880.



C°15(i) :72-79.
   :  of
                                                   °f
                           fculo,
                           focus-loss constraint.  J. Farm Econ.  49(4)



                    D1SCl"ete  Stoctast1<: Programing.   Management  Sci .
                  «(4??w?!Si3?  11
                                                           of  production.
FrEcCnomeir1ca 24
                         ntr°duction of "^ Into a
                                                    programing model
  of Maitoba, Wi
                                        a]ter"ati« crop rotations and

                                                 H°rae
                                   L1n"r
                                                     «««-,   Iowa
How,  R.  B.  and P. B. R. Hazell   1968  Ike  f
  planning  under uncertainty, 'oept.  of Aaric qS«ndt1S P^°9rammin9 1n
  Cornell University.                    gnc> Econ>' A- E- Res.  250,
                                    160

-------
  Johnson, S. R., K. R.  Terfertiller and D.  S.  Moore.   1967   Stochastic LP
    and feasibility problems in farm growth  analysis.   J.  Farm  Econ. 49:
    908-919.

  King, G. A.  1975  Econometric models  of the  agricultural sector.  Amer.
    J.  Agric. Econ.  57:164-171.

  Kennedy, J. 0.  S.  and  E.  M.  Francisco.  1974  On  the  formulation of risk
    constraints  in  linear  programming.   J. Agric. Econ. 25(2):129-142.

  Kohn,  R.  E.  1971   Application of  linear programming  to  a controversy on
    air  pollution control.   Management Sci.  17(10):B-609 - B-621.

  Lee, J.  E.   1966   Exact aggregation - A discussion of Miller's theorem.
    Agric.  Econ.  Res. p. 58-61.

  Lin, W.,6.  W. Dean and C. V. Moore.  1974  An empirical  test of  utility  vs
    profit maximization in agricultural  production.   Amer.  J.  Agric.  Econ.
    56(3):497-508.

 Miller, T.  1966  Sufficient conditions for exact  aggregation  in linear
   programming models.   Agric. Econ. Res. p. 52-57.

 Nerlove, M.  and K. L.  Bachman.  1960  The analysis of  changes  in agricul-
   tural supply  : Problems and approaches.   J.  Farm Econ.  42:531-554.

 Paris, Q. and G. C. Rausser.   1973   Linear  programming and the aggregation
   problem.  Unpublished paper, Dept. Agric.  Econ., U.  C.  Davis.

 Rae,  A. N.  1971  An empirical  application  and evaluation of discrete
   stochastic programming  in farm management.   Amer. J. Agric.  Econ. 53(4):
   625-638.

 Sahi   R  K  and  W.  J. Craddock.   1974   Estimation  of flexibility coeffi-
   cients  for recursive  programming  models - Alternative approaches.   Amer.
   J.  Agric.  Econ.  56(2):344-350.

 Schaller  and G.  W.  Dean.   1965   Predicting regional crop production.
   U.S.  Dept.  Agric. Tech.  Bull.  1329.

 Stovall,  J.  G.   1966  Income variation and selection of enterprises.
   J. Farm  Econ.  48:1575-1579.

 Webster  J   P. G. and J. 0. S. Kennedy.  1975  Measuring  farmers' trade-
   offs  between expected income and focus-loss income.   Amer.  J. Agnc.
   Econ. 57(1):97-105.

Wiens  T  B   1976  Peasant risk aversion and allocative  behavior: A quadra-
  tic 'prog ramming approach.  Amer. J.  Agric. Econ.  58(4):629-635.
                                     161

-------
                         REFERENCES - SECTION VI-B
Armstrong,  D.  L    L.  J.  Conner and R. p. Strickland.  1970  Combining
  simulation and  linear  programming in studying farm firm growth   Simula-

  Re™ rs;!9"10"1^1 eCOn0m1CS'  M1c*1g'n st^ uTvTAgric  Econ.


Chien, Y.  I. and  G. L. Bradford.  1976  A sequential model of the farm firm
  growth process.  Amer. J. Agric. Econ. 58(3):456-465
                                                           programming.
                                                        .          qualny
                                                         1968
                               °f        c                . Econ. Rev.
                                 ^
                                   162

-------
                          REFERENCES - SECTION VI-C

 Arrow, K. J., H. B. Chenery, B. S. Minhas and R. M. Solow.   1961  .Capital
   labor substitution and economic efficiency.  Rev. Econ.  Statistics  43:
   225-250.

 Doll, J.  P.  1974  On exact multicol linearity and the  estimation of the
   Cobb-Douglas production function.   Amer.  J. Agric.  Econ.  56(3):556-5bJ.

 Foote, R. J.   1955  A comparison of  single  and simultaneous  equation
   tehcniques.  J.  Farm Econ.  37(5):975-990.

 Goldberger, A.   1964  Econometric  theory.   Wiley and Sons,  New York.

 Griliches, Z.  1963  Estimates  of  the  aggregate agricultural production
   function from cross-sectional  data.  J. Farm Econ. 45(2):419-428.

 Griliches, Z.  1964  Research expenditures,  education, and the aggregate
   agricultural  production function.  Amer.  Econ.  Rev.  LIV(6).

 Griliches, Z.  1957  Specification bias in estimation of production functions
   J.  Farn/Econ.  39(1):8-20.

 Heady,  E.  0.  and J.  L.  Dillon.   1961   Agricultural  production functions.
   Ames, Iowa: Iowa  State  University Press.

 Hoch,  I.   1962   Estimation of production function parameters combining
   time  series and cross-section  data.  Econometrica 30(l):34-53.

 Hoch,  I.   1976a  Production functions and supply applications for California
   dairy farms.   Giannini  Foundation Monograph No. 36, Umv.  of cant.,
   Berkeley.

 Hoch   I    1976b  Returns  to scale in farming: further evidence.   Amer.  J.
   Agric.  Econ. 58(4):745-749.

 Hoch,  I.   1958   Simultaneous equation bias In the context of the  Cobb-
   Douglas  production function.  Econometrica tt(4).

DeJanvrv  A   1972  Optimal levels of fertilization under  risk:  The
   potential for corn and wheat fertilization.  Amer. J.  Agric.  Econ. 54(1):
   1-10.

Just  R  E    1974  An investigation of the importance of risk in  farmers'
  decisions.  Amer.  J. Agric.  Econ.  56(l):14-25.

Lau, L. J. and P. A. Yotopoulos.   1972  Profit, supply  and factor demand
  functions.  Amer.  J. Agric.  Econ.  54(1):11-18.
                                    163

-------
Malinvaud, E   1966  Statistical methods of econometrics   Rand McNallv
  and Co., Chicago; North-Holland Publishin                           Y
     : Econ."
Theil.H.  1971   Principles  of econometrics.   Wiley and  Sons, New York.
           e bVns
        sn..    testforaggregrtonbia                    Unreae
  57 (298): 348-368.          Aggregation bias.  J. Amer. Statistical Assoc
                                    164

-------
                          REFERENCES - SECTION VII-A

 Ayres,  R.  and A.  Kneese.   1970  Production,  consumption,  and externalities.
   Amer.  Econ. Rev.  59:3-14.

 Dean, 6.  W.,  H. V.  Carter,  E.  A.  Nickerson and R.  M.  Adams.  1973
   Structure and projections  of the Humboldt  County economy: Economic growth
   versus  environmental  quality.   Calif.  Agric.  Expt.  Sta., Giannini
   Fundation Res.  Rpt.  No.  318.

 Gass, S.   1969 Linear  programming.   3rd ed.   McGraw-Hill, New York.

 Isard, W.   1960   Methods of  regional  analysis:  An  introduction to regional
   science.  M.I.T.: The technology press and  Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York.

 Laurent,  E. A. and J. C. Hite.  1971   Economic-ecologic analysis in the
   Charleston  metropolitan area.   Clemson, South Carolina: Water Resources
   Res. Inst.,  Clemson Univ.

 Leontief, W.   1966  Input-output  economics.   Oxford Univ. Press.

 Leontief, W.  W.   1951   The structure  of  the American economy,  1919-1939.
   2nd ed.  Oxford Univ. Press, New York.

Miernyk, W. H.  1965  The elements of  input-output analysis.   Random House,
   New York.

Simpson, J. P. and J. W. Adams.   1975  Disaggregation of input-output
  models into  product lines as an economic development policy  tool.   Amer.
  J. Agric. Econ.  57(4):584-590.

Waqner,  H. M.  1954  A  linear programming solution to dynamic  Leontief
  tjpe models.  RAND report RM-1343, The Rand Corporation, Santa Monica,
  California.
                                     165

-------
                          REFERENCES - SECTION VII-B
   use.  unpunished Ph.D
                                                         the
   programming,  Washington    C  p9

 Duloy,  J.  H. and R. D. Norton   1571  ruar  A
   agriculture.   In: Multi-level
   and A. Manne, eds.
 Egbert,  A.  C.  and  E.  0.  Headv
   tlon:  A linear           '
                                                          »des.  0. Fa™


                                                          ™™h to
                                                  symposium in linear


                                                          model of Maxican
  solution'of compet?t?veaequn'ibriumnfo;
  Agric. Econ. 50(3):536-555
                                               A           programming
                                               A9riculture.  Amer. 0.
   under ^^:sk^•n'agricuitLM?near0DroQrILCOmpeiiI:ive demand structures
   Econ. 56(2):235-244.              Programming models.   Amer.  J.  Agric.

 Hazel! , P. B. R. and P. L. Scandizzo   197?  m™ 4.-*.    -,
   under risk in agricultural linear Drnor^mi-«  ^J1^ demand structures
   Aner. Agric. Econ. Assoc. .eetTn'-   C°ntributed
Heady, E. 0.  and H.  H.  Hall    1968   I i
  in agricultural  competition,  land  USP
  J. Agric.  Econ.  50 (5): 1539- 1548

Heady, E. 0,  and N.  K.  Whittlesev
  regional  competition  and surplus
  Iowa Agric.  and  Home  Econ. D^pt!
                                             j
                                            ™ "onlinear sPatial  models
                                            Production  potential.   Amer.

                                          a  „
                                          S  ?^rami?1n9  analysis  of inter-
                                      equilibrium a"d linear programming.
Takayama, T.  and G.  G.  Judqe
  ~del  for the ..rleulturH'.
                                     166

-------
                           REFERENCES - SECTION VIII
Akino, M. and Y. Hayami .  1975  Efficiency and equity in public research
  Rice breeding in Japan's economic development.  Amer. J. Agnc. Econ.
Bieri, J. and A. Schmitz.  1974  Market intermediaries and price instabi-
  lity: Some welfare implications.  Amer. J. Agric. Econ. 56 (2): 280-285.
Ferguson, C. E.  1969  Microeconomic theory, (1969, Revised ed.)
  Homewood, 111.; R. D. Irwin.
George, P. S. and G. A. King.  1971  Consumer demand for food commodities
  in the United States with projections for 1980.  Calif. Agnc. Expt.
  Sta. Gianni ni Foundation Monograph No. 26.
Hazel! , P. B. R. and P. L. Scandizzo.  1975  Market intervention policies
  when production is risky.  Amer. J. Agric. Econ. 57(4):641-649.
Henderson, J. and R. Quandt.   1971  Microeconomic theory.  (2nd ed).
  McGraw Hill Co., New York.
Massell, B. F.  1969  Price stabilization and welfare.  Quart. J.  Econ.
  83(2):284-298.
Newbery, D.  1976  Feasible price stability may not be desirable.   Inst.
  Math  studies in the Social Sd . , Stanford Univ. Working Paper No.  68.
01, W.  1961  The desirability of price instability under perfect  compe-
  tition.  Econometrica 29:58-64.
Samuelson, P. A.  1972  The consumer does benefit from feasible price
  instability.  Quart. J. Econ.  86:476-493.
Wauah  F   1944  Does the consumer benefit from price instability?
  Quart.'J. Econ. 58:602-614.
Wold, H.  1953  Demand analysis.   John Wiley and Sons,  Inc.,  New  York.
                                     167

-------
                                   TECHNICAL REPORT DATA
                           (Please read Instructions on the reverse before completing)
1  REPORT NO.
    EPA-600/5-78-018
4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE
          Methodologies for Valuation  of Agricultural
          Crop Yield Changes
             3. RECIPIENT'S ACCESSI ON- NO.
             5. REPORT DATE
              August 1978
             6. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION CODE
7. AUTHOR(S)
          Steven Leung, Walfred  Reed,  Scott Couchins,
          et.  al .
                                                           8. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION REPORT NO.
9. PERFORMING ORGANIZATION NAME AND ADDRESS
          Eureka Laboratories,  Inc.
          kQ]  N. 16th Street
          Sacramento, CA 9
             10. PROGRAM ELEMENT NO.
             11. CONTRACT/GRANT NO.

               Grant #
12. SPONSORING AGENCY NAME AND ADDRESS
          Corvallis Environmental  Research Laboratory
          Environmental Protection  Agency
          200 S.W.  35th Street
          Corvallis, Oregon 97330
             13. TYPE OF REPORT AND PERIOD COVERED
              Final  H/l/76 - 3/31/78
             14. SPONSORING AGENCY CODE

               EPA/600/02
          This research effort was  initiated with the objective  to complete a  review
          and evaluation of  the  methodological  and analytical  techniques used  to
          assess and quantify the economic impact of changes  in  agricultural crop


          The review focused on  two  major areas:  (!) physical effects of man-made
          and natural factors on agricultural crop yield,  and  (2)  methodologies and
          models used to evaluate and  quantify the economic  impacts of crop yield
          changes on the farm, the agricultural industry and  finally the consumers.
                               KEY WORDS AND DOCUMENT ANALYSIS
Air  Pollution
Economic  Effects, Air Pollution
Air  Pollution Effects, Crops
Environmental Economics
Agricultural  Economics
13. DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT
                                              b.lDENTIFIERS/OPEN ENDEDTERMS
Air Pollution  Economics
Air Pollution  Effects
  (Agricultural  Crops)
Economic  Evaluation
                                              19. SECURITY CLASS (This Report)
                                                Unclassified
                                              20. SECURITY CLASS (This pagoT
                                                Unclassi fied
                             cos AT I Field/Group
02/B
05/C
13/B
                           21. NO. OF PAGES
                             176
                           22. PRICE
                                            168

-------